Si21 - 204 LU

Si21-204
SkyAir RY-LU Series

(Pair and Twin-Triple Series)
[Applied Models]
l SkyAir : Cooling Only
l SkyAir : Heat Pump
Si21-204
Split-System
Air Conditioners
SkyAir RY-LU Series
1. Introduction ........................................................................................... vii

1.1 Safety Cautions ...................................................................................... vii
SkyAir LU Series — Cooling Only — ...................... 1
SkyAir LU Series — Heat Pump — ......................... 2
Part 1 Model Name and Power Supply ......................................... 3

1. Model Name and Power Supply..............................................................4
1.1 Pair Series................................................................................................4
1.2 Twin and Triple System............................................................................8
2. External Appearance.............................................................................10
2.1 External Appearance..............................................................................10
Part 2 Functions .......................................................................... 11

1. Functions...............................................................................................12
1.1 LU Series-Cooling Only..........................................................................12
1.2 LU Series-Heat Pump ............................................................................16
Part 3 Specifications .................................................................. 21

1. Specifications ........................................................................................22
1.1 Heat Pump-Pair......................................................................................22
1.2 Heat Pump-Twin.....................................................................................29
1.3 Heat Pump-Triple ...................................................................................33
1.4 Cooling Only-Pair (50Hz) .......................................................................35
1.6 Cooling Only-Twin / Triple (50Hz) ..........................................................46
1.8 Low Static Pressure Duct Connection Type ..........................................54
1.9 Middle Static Pressure Duct Connection Type ......................................55
1.10 High Static Pressure Duct Connection Type .........................................60
Table of Contents i
Si21-204
Part 4 Remote Controller ............................................................ 63

1. Remote Controller .................................................................................64
1.1 Wireless Remote Controller ...................................................................64
1.2 Wired Remote Controller........................................................................68
Part 5 Field Piping and Wiring .................................................... 73

1. Field Piping and Wiring .........................................................................74
1.1 Refrigerant Piping Size and Permissible Length ....................................74
1.2 Refrigerant Piping...................................................................................75
1.3 Air Purge ................................................................................................78
1.4 Charging of Refrigerant ..........................................................................79
1.5 Electrical Wiring......................................................................................80
1.6 Test Run Procedure ...............................................................................83
1.7 Handling Refrigerating Oil ......................................................................84
Part 6 Field Setting ..................................................................... 85

1. Method of Field Set
(Reset after Maintenance Inspection/Repair)........................................87
1.1 Explanation.............................................................................................87
1.2 Field Setting ...........................................................................................88
1.3 Initial Setting Contents ...........................................................................90
1.4 Local Setting Mode No. ..........................................................................91
1.5 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes ..................................................93
1.6 Centralized Group No. Setting ...............................................................98
2. Settings Concerning Maintenance ........................................................99
2.1 Indoor Unit PCB .....................................................................................99
2.2 Outdoor Unit Switches / Setting Jumper ..............................................111
3. Existence of DIP Switch, Jumper and BS ...........................................112
3.1 Reference Table...................................................................................112
3.2 Emergency Operation ..........................................................................113
3.3 Maintenance Mode Setting...................................................................115
Part 7 Function and Operation ................................................. 117

1. Function Outline ..................................................................................118
1.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................118
1.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................123
2. Operation Flowchart (RY71 - 160LU)..................................................124
2.1 Cooling / Program Dry Operation .........................................................124
2.2 Heating .................................................................................................126
3. Electric Function Parts ........................................................................128
3.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................128
3.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................131
4. Thermistor Temperature and Resistance Conversion Table ..............134
4.1 Thermistor Temperature and Resistance Conversion Table................134
5. Function Details ..................................................................................135
5.1 Indoor Unit (General)............................................................................135
5.2 Indoor Unit (FDYB, FDYM, FDY-KF Model).........................................143
5.3 Indoor Unit (FDY-KA Model) ................................................................146
5.4 Outdoor Unit (For R (Y) 71-160LU) ......................................................150
ii Table of Contents
Si21-204
Part 8 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 159

1. Maintenance Inspections ....................................................................161
1.1 Optimal Operation Condition ................................................................161
2. How to Handle Request for Maintenance ...........................................164
2.1 Flow Chart ............................................................................................164
3. Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition................................165
3.1 Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition .................................165
3.2 Equipment does not Operate ...............................................................166
3.3 Fan Operates, but Compressor does not. ............................................167
3.4 Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but Stops Immediately. ...................168
3.5 After Equipment Shuts Down, It cannot be Restarted for a While........169
3.6 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Cooling. ............................171
3.7 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Heating. ............................173
3.8 Equipment Discharges White Mist .......................................................174
3.9 Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes........................................175
3.10 Equipment Discharges Dust.................................................................176
3.11 Remote Controller LCD Displays "88". .................................................177
4. Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller ............................178
4.1 The INSPECTION/TEST Button...........................................................178
4.2 Self-Diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller.........................................179
4.3 Fault Diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller...................................180
4.4 Remote Controller Display Malfunction Code and Contents ................182
5. Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by LED...................................................183
5.1 Troubleshooting by LED on The Indoor Unit’s .....................................183
5.2 Troubleshooting by LED on The Outdoor Unit’s PC Board ..................184
6. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display / LED Display............185
6.1 Explanation for Symbols.......................................................................185
6.2 Malfunction Code and LED Display Table............................................186
6.3 “A1” Failure of Indoor Unit PC Board ...................................................188
6.4 “A3” Malfunction of Drain Water Level System (Float Type) ................189
6.5 “A6” Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock ..........................................................191
6.6 “A7” Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock............................................192
6.7 “AF” Failure of Drain System................................................................193
6.8 “AJ” Failure of Capacity Setting............................................................194
6.9 “C4” Malfunction of Heat Exchange Temperature Sensor System ......195
6.10 “C9” Malfunction of Suction Air Temperature Sensor System..............196
6.11 “CJ” Malfunction of Remote Controller Air Thermistor .........................197
6.12 “E0” Actuation of Safety Device ...........................................................198
6.13 “E1” Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board.................................................200
6.14 “E3” High Pressure System (HPS) Malfunction....................................201
6.15 “E4” Low Pressure System (LPS) Malfunction .....................................203
6.16 “E6” Compressor Overcurrent ..............................................................204
6.17 “E9” Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve...................................206
6.18 “F3” Discharge Pipe Temperature Malfunction ....................................207
6.19 “F6” Abnormal Heat Exchanging Temperature ....................................208
6.20 “H3” Malfunction of High Pressure Switch............................................209
6.21 “H9” Malfunction of Outdoor Temperature Sensor System ..................210
6.22 “J2” Malfunction of Current Sensor System .........................................211
6.23 “J3” Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Temperature Sensor System .......212
6.24 “J6” Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Temperature Sensor System ......213
6.25 “PJ” Failure of Capacity Setting............................................................214
Table of Contents iii

Si21-204
6.26 “U0” Short of Gas Malfunction..............................................................215

6.27 “U1” Reverse Phase.............................................................................216
6.28 “U4 or UF” Malfunction of Transmission
(Between Indoor and Outdoor Unit) .....................................................217
6.29 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission
(Between Indoor Unit and Remote Controller) .....................................220
6.30 “U8” Transmission Error Between Main Remote Controller and
Sub Remote Controller.........................................................................221
6.31 “UA” Failure of Field Setting Switch .....................................................222
Part 9 Removal Procedure ........................................................ 227

1. FHYC71K ............................................................................................229
1.1 Removal of Switch Box Cover..............................................................229
1.2 Removal of Fan Motor..........................................................................230
1.3 Removal of Suction Grille.....................................................................231
1.4 Removal of Air Filter.............................................................................232
1.5 Removal of Decoration Cover ..............................................................233
1.6 Removal of Decoration Panel...............................................................234
1.7 Removal of Horizontal Vane.................................................................235
1.8 Removal of Swing Motor ......................................................................237
1.11 Removal of Drain Pan ..........................................................................241
1.12 Removal of Drain Pump and Drain Hose .............................................242
2. FHY71B...............................................................................................244
2.1 Removal of Air Filter and Suction Grille ...............................................244
2.2 Removal of Electrical Parts and PC Boards.........................................245
2.3 Removal of Horizontal Blade................................................................247
2.4 Removal of Fan Rotor and Motor .........................................................248
2.5 Removal of Fan Bearing.......................................................................250
2.6 Removal of Bottom Panel and Drain Pan.............................................251
3. FUY71/100/125FJ ...............................................................................253
3.3 Removal of Fan ....................................................................................255
3.6 Removal of Drain Pump .......................................................................260
3.8 Removal of Air Flow Control Blade ......................................................262
4. FAY71LVE ..........................................................................................263
4.1 Removal of Air Filter and Front Panel ..................................................263
4.2 Removal of Front Grille ........................................................................264
4.3 Removal of the horizontal blade and vertical blade..............................265
4.4 Removal of Electrical Box ....................................................................266
4.5 Removal of Heat Exchanger ................................................................267
4.6 Removal of Fan Motor and Fan Rotor..................................................268
4.7 Removal of Air Swing Motor.................................................................269
4.8 Drain Hose Piping to the Left ...............................................................270
5. FAY71FA.............................................................................................271
iv Table of Contents
Si21-204

5.2 Removal of Slide Panel, Operation Display Cover, and Front Grille ....272
5.3 Removal of Electrical Parts Box ...........................................................273
5.4 Removal of PC Board...........................................................................274
5.5 Removal of Swing Louvre Unit .............................................................275
5.9 Removal of Fan Rotor ..........................................................................280
6. FVY71L~125L .....................................................................................281
6.1 Removal of Suction Grille and Air Filter ...............................................281
6.2 Removal of Electric Parts and Remote Controller................................283
6.3 Removal of Fan Rotor and Fan Motor..................................................285
7. R (Y) 71-160LU ...................................................................................288
7.1 Removal of Outside Panels..................................................................288
7.2 Removal of Switch Box ........................................................................289
7.3 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor ............................................290
7.4 Removal of PCB Ass'y .........................................................................291
7.5 Removal of 4-way Valve.......................................................................292
7.6 Removal of Thermistor .........................................................................293
7.7 Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Low Pressure Sensor ....294
7.8 Removal of Compressor.......................................................................295
Part 10 Appendix......................................................................... 297

1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................298
1.1 Cooling Only-Pair .................................................................................298
1.2 Cooling Only-Twin and Triple ...............................................................300
1.3 Heat Pump-Pair....................................................................................303
1.4 Heat Pump-Twin...................................................................................305
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................307
2.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................307
2.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................320
Index ............................................................................................. i
Drawings & Flow Charts ................................................................ v
Table of Contents v
Si21-204
vi Table of Contents
Si21-204 Introduction
1. Introduction
1.1 Safety Cautions
Cautions and ! Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
Warnings ! The caution items are classified into “ Warning” and “ Caution”. The “ Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “ Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
! About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
! After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer.
1.1.1 Caution in Repair

Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
vii
Introduction Si21-204
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly be using the provided standard For integral units
installation frame. only
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a For integral units
window frame. only
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock on fire.
viii
Si21-204 Introduction
Warning
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R22) in the refrigerant
system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed
of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly. For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
ix
Introduction Si21-204
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons

Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List

Icon Type of Description
Information
Note A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Note:
Caution A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
Caution an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Warning
Reference A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or

in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
x
Si21-204
SkyAir LU Series
— Cooling Only —
Model Series
Pair
Class
71 100 125 140
Indoor FHYC 71K 100K 125K 140K
Units FHYK 71FJ — — —
FHYB 71F 100F 125F —
FUY 71FJ 100FJ 125FJ —
FHY 71B 100B 125B —
71FA
FAY 100FA — —
71L
FVY 71LA 100LA 125LA —
FDYM 03FA 04FA 05FA 06FA
Outdoor R 71LU 100LU 125LU 140LU
Units
Twin
Class
35 50 60 71
Indoor FHYC 35K×2 50K×2 60K×2 71K×2
Units
FHY 35B×2 50B×2 60B×2 71B×2
Outdoor R 71LU 100LU 125LU 140LU
Units
Triple
Class
50
Indoor FHYC 50K×3
Units
FHY 50B×3
Outdoor R 140LU
Units
1
Si21-204
SkyAir LU Series
— Heat Pump —
Model Series
Pair
Class
71 100 125 140 160
Indoor FHYC 71K 100K 125K 140K —
Units FHYK 71FJ — — — —
FHYB 71F 100F 125F — —
FUY 71FJ 100FJ 125FJ — —
FHY 71B 100B 125B — —
FAY 71FA 100FA — — —
71L
FVY 71LA 100LA 125LA — —
FDYB 71KA — — — —
FDYM 03FA 04FA 05FA 06FA —
FDY — — — 06KA —
FDY*1 71KF 100KF 125KF — 160KF
Outdoor RY 71LU 100LU 125LU 140LU 160LU
Units
*1: Australia Only
Twin
Class
35 50 60 71
Indoor FHYC 35K×2 50K×2 60K×2 71K×2
Units FHY 35B×2 50B×2 60B×2 71B×2
Outdoor RY 71LU 100LU 125LU 140LU
Units
Triple
Class
50
Indoor FHYC 50K×3
Units FHY 50B×3
Outdoor RY 140LU
Units
2
Si21-204
Part 1
Model Name and
Power Supply
1. Model Name and Power Supply..............................................................4
1.1 Pair Series................................................................................................4
1.2 Twin and Triple System............................................................................8
2. External Appearance.............................................................................10
2.1 External Appearance..............................................................................10
Model name and Power Supply 3

Model Name and Power Supply Si21-204
1. Model Name and Power Supply

1.1 Pair Series
1.1.1 50Hz (General) – Cooling Only
Indoor Units Outdoor Units Power Supply
FHYC71KVE R71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHYC100KVE R100LUV1∗
FHYC71KVE R71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHYC100KVE R100LUY1∗
FHYK71FJV1 R71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHYK71FJV1 R71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHYB71FV1 R71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHYB100FV1 R100LUV1∗
FHYB71FV1 R71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHYB100FV1 R100LUY1∗
FHYB125FV1 R125LUY1∗
FUY71FJV1 R71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FUY100FJV1 R100LUV1∗
FUY71FJV1 R71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FUY100FJV1 R100LUY1∗
FUY125FJV1 R125LUY1∗
FHY71BVE R71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHY100BVE R100LUV1∗
FHY71BVE R71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHY100BVE R100LUY1∗
FHY125BVE R125LUY1∗
FAY71LVE∗, FAY71FAVE R71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FAY100FAVE R100LUV1∗
FAY71LVE∗, FAY71FAVE R71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FAY100FAVE R100LUY1∗
FVY71LAVE R71LUV1∗ 1φ, 240V, 50Hz
FVY100LAVE R100LUV1∗
FVY71LAVE R71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FVY100LAVE R100LUY1∗
FVY125LAVE R125LUY1∗
FDYM03FAV1 R71LUV1∗ 1φ, 240V, 50Hz
FDYM04FAV1 R100LUV1∗
FDYM03FAV1 R71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FDYM04FAV1 R100LUY1∗
Notes: 1. ∗ : New Model or Changed Model
2. Power Supply Intake : Outdoor Unit
4 Model name and Power Supply

Si21-204 Model Name and Power Supply
1.1.2 60Hz – Cooling Only

FHYC71KVE R71LUVAL∗ 1φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHYC100KVE R100LUVAL∗
FHYC125KVE R125LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHYC125KVE R125LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FHYC140KVE R140LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHYC140KVE R140LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FHY71BVE R71LUVAL∗ 1φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHY100BVE R100LUVAL∗
FHY125BVE R125LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHY125BVE R125LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FAY71FAVE, FAY71LVE∗ R71LUVAL∗ 1φ, 220V, 60Hz
FAY100FAVE R100LUVAL∗
FVY71LAVE R71LUVAL∗ 1φ, 220V, 60Hz
FVY100LAVE R100LUVAL∗
FVY125LAVE R125LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FVY125LAVE R125LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FDYM03FAVAL R71LUVAL∗ 1φ, 220V, 60Hz
FDYM04FAVAL R100LUVAL∗
FDYM05FAVAL R125LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FDYM06FAVAL R140LUTAL∗
FDYM05FAVAL R125LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FDYM06FAVAL R140LUYAL∗

1.1.3 50Hz – Heat Pump

FHYC71KVE RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHYC100KVE RY100LUV1∗
FHYC71KVE RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHYC100KVE RY100LUY1∗
FHYK71FJV1 RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHYK71FJV1 RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHYB71FV1 RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHYB100FV1 RY100LUV1∗
FHYB71FV1 RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHYB100FV1 RY100LUY1∗
FHYB125FV1 RY125LUY1∗
FUY71FJV1 RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FUY100FJV1 RY100LUV1∗
FUY71FJV1 RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FUY100FJV1 RY100LUY1∗
FUY125FJV1 RY125LUY1∗
FHY71BVE RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHY100BVE RY100LUV1∗
FHY71BVE RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHY100BVE RY100LUY1∗
FHY125BVE RY125LUY1∗
FAY71FAVE, FAY71LVE∗ RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FAY100FAVE RY100LUV1∗
FAY71FAVE, FAY71LVE∗ RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FAY100FAVE RY100LUY1∗
FVY71LAVE∗ RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FVY100LAVE∗ RY100LUV1∗
FVY71LAVE∗ RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FVY100LAVE∗ RY100LUY1∗
FVY125LAVE∗ RY125LUY1∗
FDYB71KAVE RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FDYB71KAVE RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FDYM03FAV1 RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FDYM04FAV1 RY100LUV1∗
FDYM03FAV1 RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FDYM04FAV1 RY100LUY1∗
FDY06KAY1 RY140LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz

FHYC140KVE RY140LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHYC140KVE RY140LUVAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FDYM06FAVAL RY140LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FDYM06FAVAL RY140LUVAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
2. Power Supply Intake; Outdoor Unit.

1.1.5 Australia Models

FDY71KFV1 RY71LUY1∗
3φ, 415V, 50Hz

1.2 Twin and Triple System

! Twin
FHYC35KVE+FHYC35KVE R71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHY35BVE+FHY35BVE R71LUV1∗
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE R100LUV1∗
FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE R100LUV1∗
FHYC35KVE+FHYC35KVE R71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHY35BVE+FHY35BVE R71LUY1∗
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE R100LUY1∗
! Triple
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE R140LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE R140LUY1∗

! Twin
FHYC35KVE+FHYC35KVE R71LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FHY35BVE+FHY35BVE R71LUYAL∗
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE R100LUYAL∗
FHYC71KVE+FHYC71KVE R140LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHY71BVE+FHY71BVE R140LUTAL∗
FHYC60KVE+FHYC60KVE R125LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FHYC71KVE+FHYC71KVE R140LUYAL∗
! Triple
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE R140LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE R140LUTAL∗
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE R140LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE R140LUYAL∗
Note: 1. ∗ : New Model or Changed Model


! Twin
FHYC35KVE+FHYC35KVE RY71LUV1∗ 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
FHY35BVE+FHY35BVE RY71LUV1∗
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE RY100LUV1∗
FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE RY100LUV1∗
FHYC35KVE+FHYC35KVE RY71LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHY35BVE+FHY35BVE RY71LUY1∗
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE RY100LUY1∗
! Triple
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE RY140LUY1∗ 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE+FHY50BVE RY140LUY1∗

! Twin
FHYC71KVE+FHYC71KVE RY140LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHY71KVE+FHY71KVE RY140LUTAL∗
FHYC71KVE+FHYC71KVE RY140LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FHY71KVE+FHY71KVE RY140LUYAL∗
! Triple
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE RY140LUTAL∗ 3φ, 220V, 60Hz
FHY50KVE+FHY50KVE+FHY50KVE RY140LUTAL∗
FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE+FHYC50KVE RY140LUYAL∗ 3φ, 380V, 60Hz
FHY50KVE+FHY50VE+FHY50KVE RY140LUYAL∗

External Appearance Si21-204
2. External Appearance
2.1 External Appearance
Indoor Units
FHYC-K FHYK-FJ FHYB-F
FUY-FJ FHY-B
FAY-FA FDYB-KA FVY-L
FAY-L FDY-KA FDYM-FA
Remote
Controller
Wired Type
Wireless Type
Outdoor Units
RY71LU RY100LU RY125LU RY140LU

Si21-204
Part 2
Functions
1. Functions...............................................................................................12
1.1 LU Series-Cooling Only..........................................................................12
1.2 LU Series-Heat Pump ............................................................................16
Functions 11
Functions Si21-204
1. Functions
1.1 LU Series-Cooling Only
Items Improved Points and Functions Ceiling Mounted Super Cassette
(FHYC)
35~60K 71~140K
Model Type Indoor Units Existing Existing
Outdoor Units New New
Main Appearance Improved " "
Improvement Reduction of Operation Sound " "
For Auto Restart " "
Comfortable Fan Operation Mode " "
Air
Conditioning LCD Remote Controller Wired Type " "
(Option) Wireless Type " "
Auto Swing Function " "
Ceiling Soiling Prevention " "
Wired Type " "
Two Select Thermo Sensor
Wireless Type — —
Program Dry " "
High Fan Speed Mode — —
High Ceiling Application " "
Low Ambient Temperature Kit (Option) — "
Timer Selector " "
For Easy Fresh Air Intake Directly from The Unit " "
Construction
and Drain Pump " "
Maintenance Long Life Filter " "
Ultra-Long Life Filter (option) " "
Mold Resistant Treatment for Filter " "
Filter Sign " "
Mold Resistant Drain Pan " "
Emergency Operation " "
Self Diagnoses Function " "
For Flexible Set Back Time Clock " "
Control Double Remote Control " "
Group Control by 1 Remote Controller " "
Control by External Wired Type " "
Command Wireless Type — —
Remote/Centralized Wired Type " "
Control Wireless Type — —
" : No Change
— : No Functions
12 Functions
Si21-204 Functions
Items Improved Points and Functions Ceiling Mounted Ceiling Mounted New Ceiling
Cassette Corner Built-In Suspended
(FHK) (FHYB) (FUY)
35~60F 71F 35~60F 71~ 71~125FJ
125F
Model Type Indoor Units Existing Existing Existing Existing Existing
Outdoor Units New New New New New
Main Appearance Improved " " " " —
Improvement Reduction of Operation Sound " " " " —
For Auto Restart " " " " "
Comfortable Fan Operation Mode " " " " "
Air
Conditioning LCD Remote Controller (Option) " " " " "
Auto Swing Function " " — — "
Ceiling Soiling Prevention " " — — "
Two Select Wired Type " " " " "
Thermo Sensor Wireless Type — — — — —
Program Dry " " " " "
High Fan Speed Mode — — — — —
High Ceiling Application " " — — "
Low Ambient Temperature Kit — " — " "
(Option)
Timer Selector " " " " "
For Easy Fresh Air Intake Directly from " " " " —
Construction The Unit
and Drain Pump " " " " "
Maintenance
Long Life Filter " " " " "
Ultra-Long Life Filter (option) — — — — —
Mold Resistant Treatment for " " " " "
Filter
Filter Sign " " " " "
Mold Resistant Drain Pan " " " " "
Emergency Operation " " " " "
Self Diagnoses Function " " " " "
For Flexible Set Back Time Clock " " " " "
Control
Double Remote Control " " " " "
Group Control by 1 Remote " " " " "
Controller
Control by Wired Type " " " " "
External Wireless Type — — — — "
Command
Remote/ Wired Type " " " " "
Centralized
Control Wireless Type — — — — "
" : No Change
— : No Functions
Functions 13
Functions Si21-204
Items Improved Points and Functions Ceiling Suspended Wall Mounted Floor
(FHY) (FAY) Standing
(FVY)
35, 50B 60, 71B 100B, 71L 71FA, 71~125
125B 100FA LA
Model Type Indoor Units Existing Existing Existing New Existing New
Outdoor Units New New New New New New
Main Appearance Improved " " " ● " "
Improvement Reduction of Dimensions or " " " ● " "
Weight
Reduction of Operation Sound " " " " " "
For Auto Restart " " " " " "
Comfortable Fan Operation Mode
Air " " " " " "
Conditioning LCD Remote Controller (Option) " " " " " "
Wired
LCD Remote Controller (Option) " " " " " —
Wireless
Auto Swing Function " " " " " "
Ceiling Soiling Prevention — — — — — —
Two Select Wired Type " " " " " —
Thermo Sensor Wireless Type — — — — — —
Program Dry " " " " " "
High Fan Speed Mode — — — " " —
High Ceiling Application " " " — — —
Low Ambient Temperature Kit — " " " " "
(Option)
Timer Selector " " " " " "
For Easy Fresh Air Intake Directly from The — — — — — —
Construction Unit
and Drain Pump Kit (Option) " " " — — —
Maintenance
Long Life Filter " " " — — "
Ultra-Long Life Filter (option) — — — — — —
Mold Resistant Treatment For " " " " " "
Filter
Filter Sign " " " " " "
Mold Resistant Drain Pan " " " " " —
Emergency Operation " " " " " "
Self Diagnoses Function " " " " " "
For Flexible Set Back Time Clock " " " " " "
Control
Double Remote Control " " " " " "
Group Control by 1 Remote " " " " " "
Controller
Control by Wired Type " " " " "
External "
Command Wireless Type " " " " "
Remote/ Wired Type " " " " "
Centralized Wireless Type " " " " " "
Control
● : Improved Points and Functions
" : No Change
— : No Functions
14 Functions
Si21-204 Functions
Type Middle Static Pressure Duct Connection Type

Cooling Only Use
Functions FDYM
Static Pressure Change Over "
Field Setting by Remote Controller
Dehumidifying Operation "
Hot Start —
Power Failure Compensation "
Operation
Auto Mode (Cooling / Heating) —
Operation
Control by 2 Remote Controllers "
Group Control by 1 Remote "
Controller
Remote Control by Group "
Central Control "
Interlock with HRV "
(Heat Reclaim Ventilation)
" : No Change
— : No Functions
Functions 15
Functions Si21-204
1.2 LU Series-Heat Pump

Items Improved Points and Functions Ceiling Mounted Super Ceiling
Cassette Mounted
(FHYC) Cassette
Corner
(FHYK)
Wired Type Wireless 35~71F(J)
Type
35K~140KU 35K~140KU
Model Type Indoor Units Existing Existing Existing
Outdoor Units New New New
Main Appearance Improved " " "
Improvement Reduction of Operation Sound " " "
For Auto Restart " " "
Comfortable Fan Operation Mode " " "
Air
Conditioning LCD Remote Controller (Option) " " "
Auto Swing Function " " "
Ceiling Soiling Prevention " " "
Program Dry " " "
High Fan Speed Mode — — —
High Ceiling Application " " "
Two Select Thermo Sensor " — —
Hot Start " " "
Timer Selector " " "
For Easy Fresh Air Intake Directly from The Unit " " "
Construction
and Drain Pump " " "
Maintenance Long Life Filter " " "
Ultra-Long Life Filter (option) " " —
Mold Resistant Treatment for Filter " " "
Filter Sign " " "
Mold Resistant Drain Pan " " "
Emergency Operation " " "
Self Diagnoses Function " " "
For Flexible Set Back Time Clock " " "
Control Double Remote Control " " "
Group Control by 1 Remote Controller " " "
Control by External Command " " "
Remote/Centralized Control " " "
" : No Change
— : No Functions
16 Functions
Si21-204 Functions
Items Improved Points and Functions Ceiling New Ceiling Ceiling

Mounted Suspended Suspended
Built-In (FUY) (FHY)
(FHYB)
35~125F 71~125FJ 35~125B
Model Type Indoor Units Existing Existing Existing
Main Appearance Improved " — "
Improvement Reduction of Operation Sound " — "
Comfortable Fan Operation Mode " " "
Air
Auto Swing Function — " "
Ceiling Soiling Prevention — — —
Program Dry " " "
High Fan Speed Mode — — —
High Ceiling Application — " "
Two Select Thermo Wired Type — " "
Sensor Wireless Type — — —
Hot Start " " "
For Easy Fresh Air Intake Directly from The Unit " — —
Construction Drain Pump " " " (option)
and
Maintenance Long Life Filter " " "
Ultra-Long Life Filter (option) — — —
Mold Resistant Treatment for Filter " " "
Filter Sign " " "
Mold Resistant Drain Pan " " "
Control
Double Remote Control " " "
Control by External Command " " "
Remote/Centralized Control " " "
" : No Change
— : No Functions
Functions 17
Functions Si21-204
Items Improved Points and Functions Wall Mounted Floor

(FAY) Standing
(FVY)
71L 71, 100FA 71~125LA
Model Type Indoor Units New Existing New
Main Appearance Improved ● " "
Improvement Reduction of Dimensions or Weight ● " "
Reduction of Operation Sound " " "
Comfortable
Air Fan Operation Mode " " "
Auto Swing Function " " "
Ceiling Soiling Prevention — — —
Program Dry " " "
High Fan Speed Mode " " —
High Ceiling Application — — —
Wired Type " " —
Two Select Thermo Sensor
Wireless Type — — —
Hot Start " " "
For Easy Fresh Air Intake Directly from The Unit — — —
Construction
and Drain Pump — — —
Maintenance Long Life Filter — — "
Ultra-Long Life Filter (option) — — —
Mold Resistant Treatment For Filter " " "
Filter Sign " " "
Mold Resistant Drain Pan " " —
Control Double Remote Control " " "
Control by External Wired Type " "
Command "
Wireless Type " "
Wired Type " "
Remote/Centralized Control "
Wireless Type " "
● : Improved Points and Functions
" : No Change
— : No Functions
18 Functions
Si21-204 Functions
Type Low Static Pressure Type Duct Connection type

Heat Pump
Functions FDYB
Hot Start "
Operation
Auto Mode (Cooling / Heating)
Operation "
Group Control by 1 Remote
Controller "
Central Control "
Type Middle Static Pressure Duct Connection Type

Heat Pump
Functions FDYM
Hot Start "
Operation
Auto Mode (Cooling / Heating) "
Operation
Group Control by 1 Remote "
Controller
Central Control "
High Static Pressure Duct

Functions Connection Type FDY-KA Notes
Fan Operation Mode " Fan only operation

LCD Wired Remote Controller "
Hot Start "
Timer Selector "
Automatic Cool / Heat Change Over " FDY06,08,10KA Only
Static Pressure Change Over " Motor Pulley Exchange
Self Diagnosis Function "
Anti-corrosion treatment of outdoor
heat exchanger fins "
Set Back Time Clock "
" : Function exists
Functions 19
Functions Si21-204
20 Functions
Si21-204
Part 3
Specifications
1. Specifications ........................................................................................22
1.1 Heat Pump-Pair......................................................................................22
1.2 Heat Pump-Twin.....................................................................................29
1.3 Heat Pump-Triple ...................................................................................33
1.8 Low Static Pressure Duct Connection Type ..........................................54
1.9 Middle Static Pressure Duct Connection Type ......................................55
1.10 High Static Pressure Duct Connection Type .........................................60
Specifications 21
Specifications Si21-204
1. Specifications
1.1 Heat Pump-Pair
FHYC (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type)
Model Indoor Units FHYC71KVE FHYC100KVE FHYC125KVE FHYC140KVE
Outdoor Units V1 RY71LUV1 RY100LUV1 — —
Y1 RY71LUY1 RY100LUY1 RY125LUY1 RY140LUY1
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 7.8/7.7/7.7 10.5/10.4/10.4 13.0/12.8/12.8 14.5/14.2/14.2
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 35,700/35,300/35,300 44,500/43,600/43,600 49,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,000/8,900/8,900 11,200/11,000/11,000 12,500/12,200/12,200
∗1 Heating Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 7.9/7.9/7.9 11.2/11.2/11.2 14.2/14.2/14.2 16.3/16.3/16.3
Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000 38,100/38,100/38,100 48,400/48,400/48,400 56,000/56,000/56,000
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800 9,600/9,600/9,600 12,200/12,200/12,200 14,000/14,000/14,000
Indoor Units FHYC71KVE FHYC100KVE FHYC125KVE FHYC140KVE
Dimensions H×W×D mm 230×840×840 288×840×840
Coil Type Cross Fin Coil (Waffle Louver Fins and Hi–XA Tubes) Cross Fin Coil
Row×Stages×Fin Pitch 2×8×1.5 2×12×1.5
Face Area m² 0.331 0.497
Fan Model QTS45B14M QTS45A17M
Type Turbo Fan
Motor Output W 45 90
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H) 19–21 (L) 14–16 (H) 28–31 (L) 21–24 (H) 33–36 (L) 24–27 (H) 35–38 (L) 26–28
Weight kg 24 28
Piping Liquid mm φ9.5 (Flare)
Connections Gas mm φ15.9 (Flare) φ19.1 (Flare)
Drain mm I. Dφ25×O. Dφ32
Remote Controller Wired BRC1C61 (Note. 5, 6) BRC1C61 (Note. 6)
(Option) Wireless BRC7C612W
Decoration Model BYC125K–W1
Panel Color White
(Option)
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 40×950×950
Air Filter Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Weight kg 5
Outdoor Units V1 RY71LUV1 RY100LUV1 — —
Y1 RY71LUY1 RY100LUY1 RY125LUY1 RY140LUY1
Color Ivory
Dimensions H×W×D mm 770×900×320 1,170×900×320 1,345×900×320
Coil Type Cross Fin Coil (Waffle Louver Fins and Hi–XA Tubes)
Row×Stages×Fin Pitch 2×34×2.0 2×52×2.0 2×60×2.0
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983 1.134
Comp. Model V1 ZR36K3–PFJ ZR48K3–PFJ — —
Y1 ZR36K3–TFD ZR48K3–TFD JT160BC–YE JT170BC–YE
Type Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Motor Output kW 2.24 3.00 3.75 4.50
Fan Model P47L11S P47L11S×2
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 65 90 65+85 65+90
Air Flow Rate (C/H) ∗2 m³/min. 48–51 59–62 92–100 97–109
Weight kg V1 73 89 —
Y1 72 86 101 112
Drain mm φ26.0 (Hole)
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. High Pressure Switch <RY125·140>. Low Pressure
Switch. Over Current Device. Motor Protector (Compressor) <RY71·100>. Reverse Phase Protector (Y1). Fuse.
Capacity Step % 100–0
Refrigerant Control Electronic Expansion Valve
Ref. Piping Max. Length m 50 (Equivalent Length 70m)
Max. Height Difference m 30
Refrigerant Model R22
Charge kg 2.8 (Charged for 30m) 3.7 (Charged for 30m) 4.1 (Charged for 30m)
Ref. Oil Model SONTEX 200LT SUNISO 4GSDID–K
Charge L 1.2 1.5 1.6
Drawing No. 4D039078 4D039079
Notes: 1. ∗1 The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below. Conversion Formulae
Mark Cooling Heating Piping length Hz–Volts Standard
kcal/h=kW×860
(1) Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB Indoor : 21°CDB 5m 50Hz–220V — Btu/h=kW×3414
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB Outdoor : 7°CDB, 6°CWB (380V) cfm=m³/min×35.3
Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB Indoor : 20°CDB 50Hz–220V
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB Outdoor : 7°CDB, 6°CWB (380V)
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
2. ∗2 AFR (Air flow rate) is shown at 220V (380V)–240V (415V).
3. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
4. In case of drain piping for outdoor unit, drain piping kit (option) is needed.
5. BRC1B61 is also available.
6. Wire for remote controller : Field supplied.
22 Specifications
Si21-204 Specifications
FHYK (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type)

Model Indoor Units FHYK71FJV1
Outdoor Units V1 RY71LUV1
Y1 RY71LUY1
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 7.8/7.7/7.7
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600
∗1 Heating Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 7.9/7.9/7.9
Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800
Indoor Units FHYK71FJV1
Dimensions H×W×D mm 215×1,310×710
Row×Stages×Fin Pitch 3×11×1.75
Face Area m² 0.226
Fan Model 4D12H1AG1V1
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 45
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H) 17–18 (L) 14–15
Weight kg 33
Connections Gas mm φ15.9 (Flare)
(Note. 7)
Remote Controller Wired BRC1C61(Note. 5, 6)
(Option) Wireless —
Decoration Model BYK71FJW1
Panel Color White
(Option)
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 70×1,440×800
Weight kg 9.5
Outdoor Units V1 RY71LUV1
Y1 RY71LUY1
Color Ivory
Dimensions H×W×D mm 770×900×320
Face Area m² 0.634
Comp. Model V1 ZR36K3–PFJ
Y1 ZR36K3–TFD
Motor Output kW 2.24
Fan Model P47L11S
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 65
Air Flow Rate (C/H) ∗2 m³/min. 48–51
Weight kg V1 73
Y1 72
(Note. 7)
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. Low Pressure Switch. Over Current Device. Motor Protector
(Compressor). Reverse Phase Protector (Y1). Fuse.
Ref.Piping Max. Length m 50 (Equivalent Length 70m)
Charge kg 2.8 (Charged for 30m)
Ref. Oil Model SONTEX 200LT
Charge L 1.2
Drawing No. 4D039087
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
2. ∗2 AFR (Air flow rate) is shown at 220V (380V)–240V (415V). (In case of FHYK71FJV1)
7. FHYK45 and FHYK60 models are connected by using attached auxiliary piping.
Specifications 23
FHYB (Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type)

Model Indoor Units FHYB71FV1 FHYB100FV1 FHYB125FV1
Outdoor Units V1 RY71LUV1 RY100LUV1 —
Y1 RY71LUY1 RY100LUY1 RY125LUY1
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 7.8/7.7/7.7 10.5/10.4/10.4 13.0/12.8/12.8
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 35,700/35,300/35,300 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,000/8,900/8,900 11,200/11,000/11,000
∗1 Heating Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 7.9/7.9/7.9 11.2/11.2/11.2 14.2/14.2/14.2
Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000 38,100/38,100/38,100 48,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800 9,600/9,600/9,600 12,200/12,200/12,200
Indoor Units FHYB71FV1 FHYB100FV1 FHYB125FV1
Dimensions H×W×D mm 300×1,000×800 300×1,400×800
Coil Type Cross Fin Coil
Face Area m² 0.221 0.338
Fan Model 2D18H2AJ1V1 3D18H2AN1V1 3D18H2AP1V1
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 125 135 225
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H) 19–21.5 (L) 14–16.5 (H) 27–29 (L) 20–22 (H) 35–40.5 (L) 24–29.5
Weight kg 41 51 52
Remote Controller Wired BRC1C61(Note. 5, 6)
Decoration Model BYBS71DJW1 (∗3 BYBS71D–W2) BYBS125DJW1 (∗3 BYBS125D–W2)
Panel (Option) Color White
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 55×1,100×500 55×1,500×500
Weight kg 4.5 6.5
Color Ivory
Dimensions H×W×D mm 770×900×320 1,170×900×320
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Comp. Model V1 ZR36K3–PFJ ZR48K3–PFJ —
Y1 ZR36K3–TFD ZR48K3–TFD JT160BC–YE
Motor Output kW 2.24 3.00 3.75
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 65 90 65+85
Air Flow Rate (C/H) ∗2 m³/min. 48–51 59–62 92–100
Y1 72 86 101
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. High Pressure Switch <RY125>. Low Pressure Switch.
Over Current Device. Motor Protector (Compressor) <RY71·100>. Reverse Phase Protector (Y1). Fuse.
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
7. ∗3 This type can be used.
24 Specifications
FUY (New Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type)

Model Indoor Units FUY71FJV1 FUY100FJV1 FUY125FJV1
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 35,700/35,300/35,300 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,000/8,900/8,900 11,200/11,000/11,000
Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000 38,100/38,100/38,100 48,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800 9,600/9,600/9,600 12,200/12,200/12,200
Indoor Unit FUY71FJV1 FUY100FJV1 FUY125FJV1
Color White
Coil Type Cross Fin Coil (Multi Louver Fins and Hi–XA Tubes)
Face Area m² 0.265 0.353
Fan Model QTS48A QTS50B15M
Type Turbo Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min (H)19 (L)14 (H)29 (L)21 (H)32 (L)23
Weight kg 25 31
Drain mm I.D φ20×O.D φ26
Remote Controller Wired BRC1C61 (Note. 5, 6)
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Air Flow Rate (C/H) ∗2 m³/min 48–51 59–62 92–100
Y1 72 86 101
Charge kg 2.8 (Charged for 30m) 3.7 (Charged for 30m)
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
Specifications 25
FHY (Ceiling Suspended Type)

Model Indoor Units FHY71BVE FHY100BVE FHY125BVE
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 35,700/35,300/35,300 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,000/8,900/8,900 11,200/11,000/11,000
Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000 38,100/38,100/38,100 48,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800 9,600/9,600/9,600 12,200/12,200/12,200
Indoor Units FHY71BVE FHY100BVE FHY125BVE
Color White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 195×1,160×680 195×1,400×680 195×1,590×680
Coil Type Cross Fin Coil (Multi Louver Fins and N–hix Tubes)
Face Area m² 0.233 0.293 0.341
Fan Model 4D12K1AA1 3D12K2AA1 4D12K2AA1
Type Sirocco Fan
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H) 17 (L) 14 (H) 24 (L) 20 (H) 30 (L) 25
Air filter Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Weight kg 27 32 35
Remote Controller Wired BRC1C61 (Note. 5)
(Option) Wireless BRC7E63W
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Y1 72 86 101
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan motor. High Pressure Switch <RY125>. Low Pressure Switch.
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
26 Specifications
FAY (Wall Mounted Type)

Model Indoor Units FAY71LVE FAY100FAVE
Outdoor Units V1 RY71LUV1 RY100LUV1
Y1 RY71LUY1 RY100LUY1
Btu/h 35,700/35,300/35,300
kcal/h 9,000/8,900/8,900
Btu/h 38,100/38,100/38,100
kcal/h 9,600/9,600/9,600
Indoor Units FAY71LAVE FAY100FAVE
Color White
Face Area m² 0.332
Fan Model QCL1163MA+QCL1163MB
Type Cross Flow Fan
Motor Output W 46
Weight kg 26
Outdoor Units V1 RY71LUV1 RY100LUV1
Y1 RY71LUY1 RY100LUY1
Color Ivory
Dimensions H×W×D mm 1,170×900×320
Face Area m² 0.983
Y1 ZR48K3–TFD
Fan Model P47L11S
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 90
Weight kg V1 89
Y1 86
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. Low Pressure Switch. Over Current Device. Motor
Protector (Compressor). Reverse Phase Protector (Y1). Fuse.
Charge L 1.2
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
Specifications 27
FVY (Floor Standing Type)

Model Indoor Units FVY71LAVE FVY100LAVE FVY125LAVE
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 35,700/35,300/35,300 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,000/8,900/8,900 11,200/11,000/11,000
Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000 38,100/38,100/38,100 48,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800 9,600/9,600/9,600 12,200/12,200/12,200
Indoor Units FVY71LAVE FVY100LAVE FVY125LAVE
Color White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 1,850×600×270 1,850×600×350
Row×Stages×Fin Pitch 2×40×1.75 2×44×1.75 (3×22×1.75)×2
Face Area m² 0.40 0.44 0.44 (0.22×2)
Fan Model QS37A1AM QS37A2AM
Type Sirocco Fan
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H) 18–20 (L) 14–16 (H) 28–31 (L) 22–25 (H) 32–35 (L) 25–28
Weight kg 39 46 47
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Y1 72 86 101
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
28 Specifications
1.2 Heat Pump-Twin

Model Indoor Unit FHYC35KVE×2 FHYC50KVE×2 FHYC60KVE×2
Outdoor Unit V1 RY71LUV1 RY100LUV1 —
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 35,700/35,300/35,300 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,000/8,900/8,900 11,200/11,000/11,000
Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000 38,100/38,100/38,100 48,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800 9,600/9,600//9,600 12,200/12,200/12,200
Indoor Unit ∗5 FHYC35KVE×2 FHYC50KVE×2 FHYC60KVE×2
Face Area m² 0.331
Fan Model QTS45B14M
Type Turbo Fan
Motor Output W 45
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H)14–16 (L)10–12 (H)15–17 (L)11–13 (H)19–21 (L)14–16
Weight kg 24
Drain mm I.Dφ25×O.Dφ32
Decoration Model BYC125K–W1×2
Panel Color White
(Option)
Weight kg 5
Color Ivory
Row×Stages×Fin pitch 2×34×2.0 2×52×2.0
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Y1 72 86 101
Ref. Max. Length m 50 (Equivalent Length 70m)
Piping Max. Height Difference m 30
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
5. ∗5 Each value shows the specification per one unit.
Specifications 29

Model Indoor Unit FHYC71KVE×2
Outdoor Unit RY140LUY1
Btu/h 49,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 12,500/12,200/12,200
Btu/h 56,000/56,000/56,000
kcal/h 14,000/14,000/14,000
Indoor Unit ∗5 FHYC71KVE×2
Face Area m² 0.331
Fan Model QTS45B14M
Type Turbo Fan
Motor Output W 45
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H)19–21 (L)14–15
Weight kg 24
Connections Gas mm φ15.9(Flare)
Panel Color White
(Option)
Weight kg 5
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
Comp. Model JT170BC–YE
Fan Model P47L11S×2
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 65+90
Weight kg 112
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. High Pressure Switch. Low Pressure Switch. Over
Current Device. Reverse Phase Protector. Fuse.
Ref. Oil Model SUNISO 4GSDID–K
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB Outdoor : 7°CDB, 6°CWB cfm=m³/min×35.3
Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB Indoor : 20°CDB
(2) 7.5m 50Hz–380V JIS B8616
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB Outdoor : 7°CDB, 6°CWB
(3) 7.5m 50Hz–415V AS 1861
2. ∗2 AFR (Air flow rate) is shown at 380V–415V.
4. In case of drain piping for outdoor unit, drain piping kit (option) is needed (For RY140LUY1 only).
30 Specifications
FHY (Ceiling Suspended Type)

Model Indoor Unit FHY35BVE×2 FHY50BVE×2 FHY60BVE×2
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 35,700/35,300/35,300 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,000/8,900/8,900 11,200/11,000/11,000
Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000 38,100/38,100/38,100 48,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800 9,600/9,600/9,600 12,200/12,200/12,200
Indoor Unit ∗5 FHY35BVE×2 FHY50BVE×2 FHY60BVE×2
Color White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 195×960×680 195×1,160×680
Face Area m² 0.182 0.233
Fan Model 3D12K1AA1 4D12K1AA1
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 62
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H)13 (L)10 (H)16 (L)13
Weight kg 23 24 26
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. 48–51 59–62 92–100
Y1 72 86 101
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
Specifications 31
FHY(Ceiling Suspended Type)

Model Indoor Unit FHY71BVE×2
Btu/h 49,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 12,500/12,200/12,200
Btu/h 56,000/56,000/56,000
kcal/h 14,000/14,000/14,000
Indoor Unit ∗5 FHY71BVE×2
Color White
Face Area m² 0.233
Fan Model 4D12K1AA1
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 62
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H)17 (L)14
Weight kg 27
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
Type Propeller
Weight kg 112
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m 50Hz–380V JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m 50Hz–415V AS 1861
32 Specifications
1.3 Heat Pump-Triple

Model Indoor Unit FHYC50KVE×3
Btu/h 49,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 12,500/12,200/12,200
Btu/h 56,000/56,000/56,000
kcal/h 14,000/14,000/14,000
Indoor Unit ∗5 FHYC50KVE×3
Face Area m² 0.331
Fan Model QTS45B14M
Type Turbo Fan
Motor Output W 45
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H)15–17 (L)11–12
Weight kg 24
Panel Color White
(Option)
Weight kg 5
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
Type Propeller
Weight kg 112
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m 50Hz–380V JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m 50Hz–415V AS 1861
Specifications 33
FHY(Ceiling Suspended Type)

Model Indoor Unit FHY50BVE×3
Btu/h 49,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 12,500/12,200/12,200
Btu/h 56,000/56,000/56,000
kcal/h 14,000/14,000/14,000
Indoor Unit ∗5 FHY50BVE×3
Color White
Face Area m² 0.182
Fan Model 3D12K1AA1
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 62
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H)13 (L)10
Weight kg 24
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
Type Propeller
Weight kg 112
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB Indoor : 20°CDBB
(2) 7.5m 50Hz–380V JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m 50Hz–415V AS 1861
34 Specifications
1.4 Cooling Only-Pair (50Hz)

FHYC (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type) <50Hz>
Outdoor Units V1 R71LUV1 R100LUV1 — —
Y1 R71LUY1 R100LUY1 R125LUY1 R140LUY1
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 7.8/7.7/7.7 10.6/10.5/10.5 13.0/12.8/12.8 14.5/14.2/14.2
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 36,100/35,700/35,700 44,500/43,600/43,600 49,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,100/9,000/9,000 11,200/11,000/11,000 12,500/12,200/12,200
Indoor Units FHYC71KVE FHYC100KVE FHYC125KVE FHYC140KVE
Coil Type Cross Fin coil (Waffle Louver Fins and Hi–XA Tubes) Cross Fin coil
Face Area m² 0.331 0.497
Type Turbo Fan
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H) 19–21 (L) 14–16 (H) 28–31 (L) 21–24 (H) 33–36 (L) 24–27 (H) 35–38 (L) 26–28
Weight kg 24 28
Panel Color White
(Option)
Weight kg 5
Outdoor Units V1 R71LUV1 R100LUV1 — —
Y1 R71LUY1 R100LUY1 R125LUY1 R140LUY1
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983 1.134
Motor Output kW 2.24 3.00 3.75 4.50
Fan Model P47L11S P47L11SX2
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 65 90 65+85 65+90
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. 48–51 59–62 92–100 97–109
Y1 71 84 98 109
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. High Pressure Switch <R125·140>. Low Pressure
Switch. Over Current Device. Motor Protector (Compressor) <R71·100>. Reverse Phase Protector (Y1). Fuse.
Charge kg 2.8 (Charged for 30m) 3.7 (Charged for 30m) 3.7 (Charged for 30m) 4.1 (Charged for 30m)
Charge L 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.6
Drawing No. 4D039096 4D039079
Mark Cooling Piping length Hz–Volts Standard
kcal/h=kW×860
(1) Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB 5m 50Hz–220V — Btu/h=kW×3414
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB (380V) cfm=m³/min×35.3
Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB 50Hz–220V
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB (380V)
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
2. ∗2 AFR (Air flow rafe) and sound pressure level are shown at 220V (380V)–240V (415V).
3. Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
Specifications 35
FHYK (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type) <50Hz>

Model Indoor Units FHYK71FJV1
Outdoor Units V1 R71LUV1
Y1 R71LUY1
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600
Indoor Units FHYK71FJV1
Face Area m² 0.226
Fan Model 4D12H1AG1V1
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 45
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H) 17–18 (L) 14–15 ∗3
Weight kg 33
Decoration Model BYK71FJW1
Panel Color White
(Option)
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 70×1,440×800
Weight kg 9.5
Outdoor Units V1 R71LUV1
Y1 R71LUY1
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634
Y1 ZR36K3–TFD
Fan Model P47L11S
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 65
Air Flow Rate m³/min. 48–51 ∗3
Weight kg V1 72
Y1 71
Charge L 1.2
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
5. ∗3 AFR (Air flow rafe) is shown at 220V (380V)–240V (415V).
36 Specifications
FHYB (Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type) <50Hz>

Model Indoor Units FHYB71FV1 FHYB100FV1 FHYB125FV1
Outdoor Units V1 R71LUV1 R100LUV1 —
Y1 R71LUY1 R100LUY1 R125LUY1
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 36,100/35,700/35,700 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,100/9,000/9,000 11,200/11,000/11,000
Indoor Units FHYB71FV1 FHYB100FV1 FHYB125FV1
Dimensions H×W×D mm 300×1,000×800 300×1,400×800
Face Area m² 0.221 0.338
Fan Model 2D18H2AJ1V1 3D18H2AN1V1 3D18H2AP1V1
Type Sirocco Fan
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H) 19–21.5 (L) 14–16.5 (H) 27–29 (L) 20–22 (H) 35–40.5 (L) 24–29.5
Weight kg 41 51 52
Decoration Model BYBS71DJW1 (∗3 BYBS71D–W2) BYBS125DJW1 (∗3 BYBS125D–W2)
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 55×1,100×500 55×1,500×500
Weight kg 4.5 6.5
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Y1 71 84 98
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. High Pressure Switch <R125>. Low Pressure Switch.
Over Current Device. Motor Protector (Compressor) <R71·100>. Reverse Phase Protector (Y1). Fuse.
Charge L 1.2 1.5
Note: 1. ∗1 The above data based on the conditions shown in the table below. Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
6. ∗3 This type can be used.
Specifications 37
FUY (New Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type) <50Hz>

Model Indoor Units FUY71FJV1 FUY100FJV1 FUY125FJV1
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 36,100/35,700/35,700 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,100/9,000/9,000 11,200/11,000/11,000
Indoor Unit FUY71FJV1 FUY100FJV1 FUY125FJV1
Color White
Face Area m² 0.265 0.353
Fan Model QTS48A QTS50B15M
Type Turbo Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min (H)19 (L)14 (H)29 (L)21 (H)32 (L)23
Weight kg 25 31
Drain mm I.D φ20×O.D φ26
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min 48–51 59–62 92–100
Y1 71 84 98
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
38 Specifications
FHY (Ceiling Suspended Type) <50Hz>

Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 36,100/35,700/35,700 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,100/9,000/9,000 11,200/11,000/11,000
Indoor Units FHY71BVE FHY100BVE FHY125BVE
Color White
Face Area m² 0.233 0.293 0.341
Type Sirocco Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H) 17 (L) 14 (H) 24 (L) 20 (H) 30 (L) 25
Air filter Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Weight kg 27 32 35
(Option) Wireless BRC7E66
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Y1 71 84 98
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan motor. High Pressure Switch <R125>. Low Pressure Switch.
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
Specifications 39
FAY (Wall Mounted Type) <50Hz>

Outdoor Units V1 R71LUV1 R100LUV1
Y1 R71LUY1 R100LUY1
Btu/h 36,100/35,700/35,700
kcal/h 9,100/9,000/9,000
Indoor Units FAY71LVE FAY100FAVE
Color White
Face Area m² 0.332
Type Cross Flow Fan
Motor Output W 46
Weight kg 26
Outdoor Units V1 R71LUV1 R100LUV1
Y1 R71LUY1 R100LUY1
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.983
Y1 ZR48K3–TFD
Fan Model P47L11S
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 90
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. 59–62
Weight kg V1 87
Y1 84
Charge L 1.2
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
40 Specifications
FVY (Floor Standing Type) <50Hz>

Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 36,100/35,700/35,700 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,100/9,000/9,000 11,200/11,000/11,000
Color White
Face Area m² 0.40 0.44 0.44 (0.22×2)
Fan Model QS37A1AM QS37A2AM
Type Sirocco Fan
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H) 18–20 (L) 14–16 (H) 28–31 (L) 22–25 (H) 32–35 (L) 25–28
Weight kg 39 46 47
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Y1 71 84 98
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
Specifications 41
1.5 Cooling Only-Pair (60Hz)

FHYC (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type) <60Hz>
Outdoor Units VAL R71LUVAL R100LUVAL — —
TAL — — R125LUTAL R140LUTAL
YAL — — R125LUYAL R140LUYAL
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2) kW 8.3/8.1 11.6/11.4 14.5/14.3 16.1/15.8
Btu/h 28,200/27,800 39,700/38,900 49,600/48,800 55,000/53,900
kcal/h 7,100/7,000 10,000/9,800 12,500/12,300 13,800/13,500
Indoor Unit FHYC71KVE FHYC100KVE FHYC125KVE FHYC140KVE
Coil Type Cross Fin Coil (Waffle Louver Fins and Hi–XA Tubes) Cross Fin Coil
Face Area m² 0.331 0.497
Type Turbo Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H)19 (L)14 (H)28 (L)21 (H)33 (L)24 (H)35 (L)26
Sound Pressure Level dB(A) — — — (H)44 (L)37
Weight kg 24 28
Weight kg 5
Outdoor Units VAL R71LUVAL R100LUVAL — —
TAL — — R125LUTAL R140LUTAL
YAL — — R125LUYAL R140LUYAL
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983 1.134
Comp. Model VAL ZR36K3–PFV ZR47K3–PFV — —
TAL — — JT170BC JT170BC
YAL — — JT170BC–YH JT170BC–YE
Motor Output kW 2.24 2.92 3.75 4.50
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 75 100 95+75 65+90
Air Flow Rate m³/min. 49 59 94 97–109
Weight kg 75 92 98 112
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. High Pressure Switch <R125·140>. Low Pressure
Switch. Over Current Device. Motor Protector (Compressor) <R71·100>. Reverse Phase Protector (TAL·YAL). Fuse.
Charge L 1.2 1.5 1.6
Drawing No. 4D039107 4D040213
Mark Cooling Piping length Standard
kcal/h=kW×860
(1) Indoor : 27°C(81°F)DB, 19.5°C(67°F)WB 5m — Btu/h=kW×3414
Outdoor : 35°C(95°F)DB, 24°C(75°F)WB cfm=m³/min×35.3
Indoor : 27°C(81°F)DB, 19.0°C(66°F)WB
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
Outdoor : 35°C(95°F)DB, 24°C(75°F)WB
4. Each value shows the specification per one unit.
42 Specifications
FHY (Ceiling Suspended Type) <60Hz>

Outdoor Units VAL R71LUVAL R100LUVAL —
TAL — — R125LUTAL
YAL — — R125LUYAL
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 8.3/8.1/– 11.6/11.4/– 14.5/14.3/–
Btu/h 28,200/27,800/– 39,700/38,900/– 49,600/48,800/–
kcal/h 7,100/7,000/– 10,000/9,800/– 12,500/12,300/–
Indoor Unit FHY71BVE FHY100BVE FHY125BVE
Color White
Face Area m² 0.233 0.293 0.341
Type Sirocco Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H)17 (L)14 (H)24 (L)20 (H)30 (L)25
Weight kg 27 32 35
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Comp. Model VAL ZR36K3–PFV ZR47K3–PFV —
TAL — — JT160BC
YAL — — JT160BC–YH
Type Propeller
Air Flow Rate m³/min. 49 59 94
Weight kg 75 92 98
Over Current Device. Motor Protector (Compressor) <R71·100>. Reverse Phase Protector (TAL·YAL). Fuse.
Capacity Step % 100-0
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(1) Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB 5m — Btu/h=kW×3414
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal) cfm=m³/min×35.3
Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB 7.5m
(2) JIS B8616
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)
Indoor : 29°CDB, 19.0°CWB 7.5m
(3) SASO
Outdoor : 46°CDB, 24°CWB (Horizontal)
3. Each value for indoor unit shows the specification per one unit.
Specifications 43
FAY (Wall Mounted Type) <60Hz>

Outdoor Units R71LUVAL R100LUVAL
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2) kW 11.6/11.4
Btu/h 39,700/38,900
kcal/h 10,000/9,800
Indoor Units FAY71LVE FAY100FAVE
Color White
Face Area m² 0.332
Type Cross Flow Fan
Motor Output W 46
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H) 23 (L) 19
Weight kg 26
Outdoor Units R71LUVAL R100LUVAL
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.983
Comp. Model ZR47K3–PFV
Fan Model P47L11S
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 100
Air Flow Rate m³/min. 59
Weight kg 92
Protector (Compressor). Fuse.
Ref.piping Max. Length m 50 (Equivalent Length 70m)
Charge L 1.2
kcal/h=kW×860
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB cfm=m³/min×35.3
Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB
44 Specifications
FVY (Floor Standing Type) <60Hz>

∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2) kW 8.3/8.1 11.6/11.4 14.5/14.3
Btu/h 28,200/27,800 39,700/38,900 49,600/48,800
kcal/h 7,100/7,000 10,000/9,800 12,500/12,300
Color White
Face Area m² 0.40 0.44 0.44 (0.22×2)
Fan Model QS37A1AM QS37A2AM QS37A2AM
Type Sirocco Fan
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H) 18 (L) 14 (H) 28 (L) 22 (H) 32 (L) 25
Weight kg 39 46 47
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
TAL — — JT160BC
Type Propeller
Weight kg 75 92 98
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
Specifications 45
1.6 Cooling Only-Twin / Triple (50Hz)

FHYC (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type) <50Hz> - Twin -
Outdoor Unit V1 R71LUV1 R100LUV1 —
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 36,100/35,700/35,700 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,100/9,000/9,000 11,200/11,000/11,000
Face Area m² 0.331
Fan Model QTS45B14M
Type Turbo Fan
Motor Output W 45
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H)14–16 (L)10–12 (H)15–17 (L)11–13 (H)19–21 (L)14–16
Weight kg 24
Decoration Model BYC125K–W1X2
Panel Color White
(Option) ∗3
Weight kg 5
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Y1 71 84 98
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
46 Specifications
FHYC (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type) <50Hz> - Twin / Triple -

Model Indoor Unit FHYC71KVE×2 FHYC50KVE×3
Outdoor Unit R140LUY1 R140LUY1
Btu/h 49,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 12,500/12,200/12,200
Indoor Unit ∗3 FHYC71KVE×2 FHYC50KVE×3
Face Area m² 0.331
Fan Model QTS45B14M
Type Turbo Fan
Motor Output W 45
Air Flow Rate ∗2 m³/min. (H)19–21 (L)14–15 (H)15–17 (L)11–12
Sound Pressure Level ∗2 dB(A) (H)35–37 (L)30–32 (H)33–35 (L)29–31
Weight kg 24
Piping Liquid mm φ9.5 (Flare) φ6.4 (Flare)
Decoration Model BYC125K–W1×2 BYC125K–W1×3
Panel Color White
(Option) ∗3
Weight kg 5
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
Type Propeller
Weight kg 109
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor.
High Pressure Switch. Low Pressure Switch. Over Current Device. Reverse Phase Protector. Fuse.
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m 50Hz–380V JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m 50Hz–415V AS 1861
2. ∗2 AFR (Air flow rate) and sound pressure level are shown at 380V–415V.
Specifications 47
FHY (Ceiling Suspended Type) <50Hz> - Twin -

Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 36,100/35,700/35,700 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,100/9,000/9,000 11,200/11,000/11,000
Color White
Face Area m² 0.182 0.233
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 62
Weight kg 23 24 26
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
Y1 71 84 98
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
4. ∗4 Each value for indoor unit shows the specification per one unit.
48 Specifications
FHY (Ceiling Suspended Type) <50Hz> - Twin / Triple -

Model Indoor Unit FHY71BVE×2 FHY50BVE×3
Btu/h 49,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 12,500/12,200/12,200
Indoor Unit ∗4 FHY71BVE×2 FHY50BVE×3
Color White
Dimensions H×W×D mm 195×1,160×680 195×960×680
Face Area m² 0.233 0.182
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 62
Weight kg 27 24
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
Type Propeller
Weight kg 109
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m 50Hz–380V JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m 50Hz–415V AS 1861
Specifications 49
1.7 Cooling Only-Twin / Triple (60Hz)

FHYC (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type) <60Hz> - Twin -
Outdoor Unit VAL R71LUVAL R100LUVAL —
Btu/h 28,200/27,800 39,700/38,900 49,600/48,800
kcal/h 7,100/7,000 10,000/9,800 12,500/12,300
Face Area m² 0.331
Fan Model QTS45B14M
Type Turbo Fan
Motor Output W 45
Air Flow Rate m³/min. (H)14 (L)10 (H)15 (L)11 (H)19 (L)14
Weight kg 24
Connections Gas mm φ12.7(Flare) φ15.9(Flare)
∗2
Weight kg 5
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
TAL — — JT160BC
Type Propeller
Weight kg 75 92 98
Over Current Device. Motor Protector (Compressor) <R71·100>. Reverse Phase Protector(TAL·YAL). Fuse.
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
50 Specifications
FHYC (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type) <60Hz> - Twin / Triple -

Model Indoor Unit FHYC71KVE×2 FHYC50KVE×3
Outdoor Unit TAL R140LUTAL R140LUTAL
YAL R140LUYAL R140LUYAL
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 16.1/15.8/–
Btu/h 55,000/53,900/–
kcal/h 13,800/13,500/–
Indoor Unit ∗2 FHYC71KVE×2 FHYC50KVE×3
Face Area m² 0.331
Fan Model QTS45B14M
Type Turbo Fan
Motor Output W 45
Sound Pressure Level dB(A) (H)35 (L)30 (H)33 (L)29
Weight kg 24
Decoration Model BYC125K–W1×2 BYC125K–W1×3
Panel Color White
(Option) ∗2
Weight kg 5
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
Comp. Model TAL JT170BC
YAL JT170BC–YH
Type Propeller
Weight kg 109
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m SSA 385/386
Specifications 51
FHY (Ceiling Suspended Type) <60Hz> - Twin -

Btu/h 28,200/27,800 39,700/38,900 49,600/48,800
kcal/h 7,100/7,000 10,000/9,800 12,500/12,300
Color White
Face Area m² 0.182 0.233
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 62
Weight kg 23 24 26
Connections Gas mm φ12.7 (Flare) φ15.9(Flare)
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
TAL — — JT160BC
Type Propeller
Weight kg 75 92 98
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
52 Specifications
FHY (Ceiling Suspended Type) <60Hz> - Twin / Triple -

Model Indoor Unit FHY71BVE×2 FHY50BVE×3
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 16.1/15.8/–
Btu/h 55,000/53,900/–
kcal/h 13,800/13,500/–
Indoor Unit ∗2 FHY71BVE×2 FHY50BVE×3
Color White
Face Area m² 0.233 0.182
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 62
Sound Pressure Level dB(A) —
Weight kg 27 24
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
YAL JT170BC–YH
Type Propeller
Weight kg 109
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m SSA 385/386
Specifications 53
1.8 Low Static Pressure Duct Connection Type

Model Indoor Unit FDYB71KAVE
Outdoor Unit V1 RY71LUV1
Y1 RY71LUY1
Power Supply V1 1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
Y1 3 phase 50Hz 380-415V(4wires)
∗1 Cooling Capacity kW 7.8/7.7/7.7
∗3 (1)/(2)/(3) Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600
∗1 Heating Capacity kW 7.9/7.9/7.9
∗3 (1)/(2)/(3) Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800
Indoor Unit FDYB71KAVE
Color —
Face Area m² 0.231
Fan Model —
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 65
AFR ∗2 m³/min. (H)18–18 (L)15–15
Air filter —
Sound Pressure level ∗2 dB(A) 43-45
Weight kg 31
Drain in. 3/4B
Remote Controller Wired BRC1C61
(Option) Wireless BRC4C64
Decoration Model —
Panel Color —
(Option)
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm —
Air Filter —
Mass (Weight) kg —
Outdoor Unit V1 RY71LUV1
Y1 RY71LUY1
Color Ivory
Row×Stages×Fin pitch 2×34×2.0
Face Area m² 0.634
Y1 ZR36K3–TFD
Fan Model P47L11S
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 65
AFR (C/H) ∗2 m³/min. 48–51
Weight kg 73 (V1) 72 (Y1)
Charge L 1.2
kcal/h=kW×860
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB Outdoor : 7°CDB, 6°CWB (Horizontal) cfm=m³/min×35.3
Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB Indoor : 20°CDB 7.5m
(2) 50Hz–380V JIS B8616
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB Outdoor : 7°CDB, 6°CWB (Horizontal)
Indoor : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB Indoor : 21°CDB 7.5m
(3) 50Hz–415V AS 1861
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB Outdoor : 7°CDB, 6°CWB (Horizontal)
2. ∗2 AFR (Air flow rate) and sound pressure level are shown at 220V (380V) - 240V(415V).
3. ∗3 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
54 Specifications
1.9 Middle Static Pressure Duct Connection Type

Model Indoor Unit FDYM03FAV1 FDYM04FAV1 FDYM05FAV1
Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 35,700/35,300/35,300 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,000/8,900/8,900 11,200/11,000/11,000
Btu/h 27,000/27,000/27,000 38,100/38,100/38,100 48,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 6,800/6,800/6,800 9,600/9,600/9,600 12,200/12,200/12,200
Indoor Unit FDYM03FAV1 FDYM04FAV1 FDYM05FAV1
Color —
Face Area m² 0.221 0.338
Fan Model 2D18H2AB1VG 3D18H2AN1V1 3D18H2AP1V1
Type Sirocco Fan
AFR ∗2 m³/min. (H)20–22 (H)26–28 (H)35–40.5
External static pressure Pa 98
Sound Pressure level ∗2 dB(A) (H)39-41 (H)44-46
Weight kg 42 56 57
Drain mm I.D.φ25×O.D.φ32
Remote Controller Wired BRC1B62
Y1 RY71LUY1 RY100LUY1 RY125LUV1
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
AFR (C / H) ∗2 m³/min. 48–51 59–62 92–100
Weight kg 73 (V1) 72 (Y1) 89 (V1) 86 (Y1) 101
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. High Pressure Switch. <R125> Low Pressure Switch.
Over Current Device. Motor Protector. (Compressor) <R71·100>. Reverse Phase Protector (Y1). Fuse.
Ref. Oil Model SONTEX 200LT SUNISO 4GSDID-K
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
4. ∗3 In case of drain piping for outdoor unit, drain piping kit (option) is needed.
Specifications 55
Model Indoor Unit FDYM06FAV1 FDYM06FAV1

Outdoor Unit RY140LUY1 R140LUY1
Power Supply 3 phase 50Hz 380-415V(4wires)
Btu/h 49,400/48,400/48,400
kcal/h 12,500/12,200/12,200
∗1 Heating Capacity (1)/(2)/(3) kW 16.3/16.3/16.3 —
Btu/h 56,000/56,000/56,000 —
kcal/h 14,000/14,000/14,000 —
Indoor Unit FDYM06FAV1 FDYM06FAV1
Color —
Face Area m² 0.338
Fan Model 3D18H2AP1V1
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 290
AFR ∗2 m³/min. (H)37–42
Sound Pressure level ∗2 dB(A) (H)46–48
Weight kg 57
Outdoor Unit RY140LUY1 R140LUY1
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
Type Propeller
AFR (C / H) ∗2 m³/min. 97–109
Weight kg 112 109
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m 50Hz–380V JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m 50Hz–415V AS 1861
56 Specifications
Model Indoor Unit FDYM03FAV1 FDYM04FAV1 FDYM05FAV1

Btu/h 26,600/26,200/26,200 36,100/35,700/35,700 44,500/43,600/43,600
kcal/h 6,700/6,600/6,600 9,100/9,000/9,000 11,200/11,000/11,000
Heating Capacity kW — — —
Btu/h — — —
kcal/h — — —
Indoor Unit FDYM03FAV1 FDYM04FAV1 FDYM05FAV1
Color —
Face Area m² 0.221 0.338
Type Sirocco Fan
AFR ∗2 m³/min. (H)20–22 (H)26–28 (H)35–40.5
Sound Pressure level ∗2 dB(A) (H)39–41 (H)44–46
Weight kg 42 56 57
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
Type Propeller
AFR ∗2 m³/min. 48–51 59–62 92–100
Weight kg 72 (V1) 71 (Y1) 87 (V1) 84 (Y1) 98
Over Current Device. Motor Protector. (Compressor) <R71·100> Reverse Phase Protector (Y1). Fuse.
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m AS 1861
3. ∗3 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.
Specifications 57
Model Indoor Unit FDYM03FAVAL FDYM04FAVAL FDYM05FAVAL

Power Supply VAL 1 phase 60Hz 220V
TAL 3 phase 60Hz 220V
YAL 3 phase 60Hz 380V
∗1 Cooling Capacity ∗2(1)/(2) kW 8.3/8.1 11.6/11.4 14.5/14.3
Btu/h 28,200/27,800 39,700/38,900 49,600/48,800
kcal/h 7,100/7,000 10,000/9,800 12,500/12,300
Heating Capacity kW — — —
Btu/h — — —
kcal/h — — —
Indoor Unit FDYM03FAVAL FDYM04FAVAL FDYM05FAVAL
Color —
Face Area m² 0.221 0.338
Type Sirocco Fan
Air flow rate m³/min. (H)22 (H)28 (H)38
Sound Pressure level ∗2 dB(A) (H)42 (H)47
Weight kg 42 56 57
Outdoor Unit VAL RY71LUVAL RY100LUVAL —
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983
TAL — — JT160BC
Type Propeller
Air flow rate m³/min. 49 59 94
Weight kg 75 92 98
Charge L 1.2 1.5
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
2. ∗2 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling ( an addition for haeting ) for indoor fan motor heat.
58 Specifications
Model Indoor Unit FDYM06FAVAL

Outdoor Unit TAL RY140LUTAL
YAL RY140LUYAL
Power Supply TAL 3 phase 60Hz 220V
YAL 3 phase 60Hz 380V
∗1 Cooling Capacity (1)/(2) kW 16.1/15.8
Btu/h 55,000/53,900
kcal/h 13,800/13,500
∗1 Heating Capacity (1)/(2) kW 18.1/18.1
Btu/h 61,900/61,900
kcal/h 15,600/15,600
Indoor Unit FDYM06FAVAL
Color —
Face Area m² 0.338
Fan Model 3D18H2AF1
Type Sirocco Fan
Motor Output W 290
Air flow rate m³/min. (H)40
Sound Pressure level dB(A) (H)49
Machine Weight kg 57
Wired BRC1C61
Remote Controller
Wireless BRC4C62
Outdoor Unit TAL RY140LUTAL
YAL RY140LUYAL
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
YAL JT170BC–YE
Type Propeller
Air flow rate (C / H) m³/min. 97–109
Weight kg 112
Charge L 1.6
Mark Cooling Heating Piping length Standard
kcal/h=kW×860
Indoor : 27°C ( 81°F ) DB, Indoor : 21°C ( 70°F ) DB Btu/h=kW×3414
19.5°C ( 67°F ) WB cfm=m³/min×35.3
(1) 5m —
Outdoor : 35°C ( 95°F ) DB, Outdoor : 7°C ( 45°F ) DB,
24°C ( 75°F ) WB 6°C ( 43°F ) WB
Indoor : 27°C ( 81°F ) DB, Indoor : 20°C ( 68°F ) DB
19.0°C ( 66°F ) WB
(2) 7.5m JIS B8616
Outdoor : 35°C ( 95°F ) DB, Outdoor : 7°C ( 45°F ) DB,
24°C ( 75°F ) WB 6°C ( 43°F ) WB
Specifications 59
1.10 High Static Pressure Duct Connection Type

Model Indoor Unit FDY06KAY1
Outdoor Unit RY140LUV1
Power Supply Y1 3 phase 50Hz 380-415V (4wires)
∗1 Cooling Capacity kW 14.5/14.2/14.2
∗2 (1)/(2)/(3) Btu/h 49,500/48,500/48,500
kcal/h 12,500/12,200/12,200
∗1 Heating Capacity kW 15.3/15.3/15.3
∗3 (1)/(2)/(3) Btu/h 52,200/52,200/52,200
kcal/h 13,200/13,200/13,200
Indoor Unit FDY06KAY1
Color —
Dimensions H×W×D mm 450×1130×850 (without control box)
Face Area m² 0.491
Fan Type Sirocco Fan
Drive Belt drive
AFR ∗5 m³/min. 52–52
Sound Pressure level ∗5 dB(A) 51-51
Weight kg 80
Piping Liquid mm φ9.5 (Brazing)
Connections Gas mm φ15.9 (Brazing)
Drain in. PT 3/4 (Internal thread)
Outdoor Unit RY140LUV1
Color Ivory
Face Area m² 1.134
Comp. Model Y1 JT170BC-YE
Type Propeller
AFR (C/H) ∗5 m³/min. 97–109
Weight kg 112
Current Device.Reverse Phase Protector. Fuse.
Ref. Oil Model SUNISO 4GSDID-K
Charge L 1.6
kcal/h=kW×860
(2) 7.5m 50Hz–220V JIS B8616
(3) 7.5m 50Hz–240V AS 1861
2. ∗2 AFR (Air flow rate) is shown at 220V (380V) - 240V(415V).
5. This type can be used.
60 Specifications
Model Indoor Unit FDY71KFV1 FDY100KFV1 FDY125KFV1 FDY160KFV1

Outdoor Unit RY71LUY1 RY100LUY1 RY125LUY1 RY160LUY1
Power Supply Y1 3 phase 50Hz 415V (4wires)
∗1 Cooling Capacity kW 8.3 10.9 13.5 15.4
∗1 Heating Peak net kW 9.1 11.8 14.2 16.3
Capacity Net ∗2 kW — 15.2
Indoor Unit FDY71KFV1 FDY100KFV1 FDY125KFV1 FDY160KFV1
Color —
Face Area m² 0.284 0.435
Fan Model DXG203T203 DXC241T181
Type Sirocco fan
Drive method Direct
Motor output W 290 490 655
AFR (Rated) ∗3 l/sec 590 815 925 1070
m³/min. 35.4 48.9 55.5 64.2
ESP (Rated) ∗3 Pa 130 100 130
SPL ∗3 ∗4 dB(A) 45 46 48 51
Air filter ∗6 —
Weight kg 49 61 66 68
Drain mm I.Dφ25×O.D.φ32
Outdoor Unit RY71LUY1 RY100LUY1 RY125LUY1 RY160LUY1
Color Ivory
Dimensions H×W×D mm 770×900×320 1170×900×320 1345×900×320
Row×Stages×Fin pitch 2×34×2.0 2×52×2.0 2×60×2.0
Face Area m² 0.634 0.983 1.134
Motor Output kW 2.24 3.00 3.75 4.50
Type Propeller
Motor Output W 65 90 65+85 65+90
AFR (C/H) ∗3 m³/min. 48–51 59–62 92–100 97–109
Weight kg 73 (V1) 72 (Y1) 89 (V1) 86 (Y1) 101 112
Safety Devices Thermal Protector for Outdoor Fan Motor and Indoor Fan Motor. High Pressure Switch. <R125·160> Low Pressure
Switch. Over Current Device. Motor Protector. (Compressor) <R71·100> Reverse Phase Protector (Y1). Fuse.
Charge L 1.2 1.5 1.6
Notes: 1. ∗1 The above data based on the conditions shown in the below table. Conversion Formulae
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
kcal/h=kW×860
Cooling Heating Piping length Hz–Volts Standard Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Indoor : 27°CDB, 19°CWB Indoor : 20°CDB, 15°CWB 50Hz–240V AS/NZS
7.5m
Outdoor : 35°CDB, 24°CWB Outdoor : 7°CDB, 6°CWB (415V) 3823. 1. 2
2. ∗2 The capacities includes a deduction for defrost.
3. ∗3 AFR (Air flow rate),ESP (External static pressure) and SPL (Sound pressure level) are shown at 240V
(415V).
4. ∗4 The indoor sound pressure level are measured by the product under 1.5m condition. (Refer to Sound
Curve for the measured conditions.)
5. ∗5 The outdoor sound pressure level are determined in accordance with JIS8615.
6. ∗5 Air filter must be installed at field.
7. In case of drain piping for outdoor unit, drain piping kit (Option) is needed.
Specifications 61
62 Specifications
Si21-204
Part 4
Remote Controller
1. Remote Controller .................................................................................64
1.1 Wireless Remote Controller ...................................................................64
1.2 Wired Remote Controller........................................................................68
Remote Controller 63
Remote Controller Si21-204
1. Remote Controller
1.1 Wireless Remote Controller
1.1.1 Wireless Remote Controller - Cooling only
BRC7C613W FH(Y)C–K
BRC7C611W FAY–FA, L
BRC7C529W FUY–FJ
BRC7E66 FH(Y)–B
Fig1,2
FH(Y)C–K FAY–FA, L
FUY–FJ FH(Y)–B
19 22 23
21 20 18
(S1432)
64 Remote Controller
Si21-204 Remote Controller
1.1.2 Wireless Remote Controller - Heat Pump

BRC7C612W FHYC-K
BRC7C610W FAY-FA, L
BRC7C528W FUY-FJ
BRC7E63W FHY-B
Fig. 1,2
FHYC-K FAY-FA, L
FUY-FJ FHY-B
19 22 23
21 20 18
(S1415)
1.2 Wired Remote Controller

1.2.1 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1C61) - Cooling Only
Fig. 3 5 12 4 2 1
3
7 hr
9
C L H
hr NOT 11
6 TEST AVAILABLE
10
8 13
14 21
20
TEST
19
16 15 17 18 22
(S1433)
BRC1C61
NAME AND FUNCTION OF EACH

SWITCH AND DISPLAY ON THE
REMOTE CONTROLLER (Fig 3)
ON/OFF BUTTON DISPLAY “ ” (DEFROST)
12
Press the button and the system will start.
1 Press the button again and the system will NON-FUNCTIONING DISPLAY
stop. If that particular function is not available,
OPERATION LAMP (RED) pressing the button may display the words
2
The lamp lights up during operation. “NOT AVAILABLE” for a few seconds.
DISPLAY “ ” (UNDER CENTRALIZED 13 When running multiple units simultaneously
CONTROL) The “NOT AVAILABLE” message will only be
3 When this display shows, the system is appear if none of the indoor units is equipped
UNDER with the function. If even one unit is equipped
CENTRALIZED CONTROL. with the function, the display will not appear.
DISPLAY “ ”“ ”“ ”“ ” TIMER MODE START/STOP BUTTON
14
(VENTILATION/AIR CLEANING)
4 This display shows that the total heat TIMER ON/OFF BUTTON
15
exchange and the air cleaning unit are in
operation (These are optional accessories). INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION BUTTON
DISPLAY “ ” “ ” “ ” “ ” “ ” 16 This button is used only by qualified service
(OPERATION MODE) persons for maintenance purposes.
5 This display shows the current OPERATION PROGRAMMING TIME BUTTON
MODE. For cooling only type, “ ” (Auto) and 17 Use this button for programming “START and/
“ ” (Heating) are not installed. or STOP” time.
DISPLAY “ TEST” TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON
18
(INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION) Use this button for SETTING TEMPERATURE.
6 When the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON
19
BUTTON is pressed, the display shows the
system mode is in. FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON
DISPLAY “ hr
” (PROGRAMMED TIME) 20 Press this button to select the fan speed,
hr
HIGH or LOW, of your choice.
7
This display shows the PROGRAMMED TIME OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON
of the system start or stop. 21 Press this button to select OPERATION
DISPLAY “ C ” (SET TEMPERATURE) MODE.
8
This display shows the set temperature. AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON
DISPLAY “ ” (FAN SPEED) 22
9
This display shows the set fan speed.
DISPLAY “ ” (AIR FLOW FLAP) NOTE
10 · For the sake of explanation, all indications are
shown on the display in Figure 1 contrary to
DISPLAY “ ” (TIME TO CLEAN AIR FILTER) actual running situations.
11
3PA59583-16X
1.2.2 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1C61) - Heat Pump
Fig.3
5 12 4 2 1
3
7 hr
9
C L H
hr NOT 11
6 TEST AVAILABLE
10
8 13
14 21
20
TEST
19
16 15 17 18 22 (S1079)
NAME AND FUNCTION OF EACH

SWITCH AND DISPLAY ON THE
REMOTE CONTROLLER (Fig 3)
ON/OFF BUTTON DISPLAY “ ” (DEFROST)
12
Press the button and the system will start.
1 Press the button again and the system will NON-FUNCTIONING DISPLAY
stop. If that particular function is not available,
OPERATION LAMP (RED) pressing the button may display the words
2
The lamp lights up during operation. “NOT AVAILABLE” for a few seconds.
DISPLAY “ ” (UNDER CENTRALIZED 13 When running multiple units simultaneously
CONTROL) The “NOT AVAILABLE” message will only be
3 When this display shows, the system is appear if none of the indoor units is equipped
UNDER with the function. If even one unit is equipped
CENTRALIZED CONTROL. with the function, the display will not appear.
DISPLAY “ ”“ ”“ ”“ ” TIMER MODE START/STOP BUTTON
14
(VENTILATION/AIR CLEANING)
4 This display shows that the total heat TIMER ON/OFF BUTTON
15
exchange and the air cleaning unit are in
operation (These are optional accessories). INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION BUTTON
DISPLAY “ ” “ ” “ ” “ ” “ ” 16 This button is used only by qualified service
(OPERATION MODE) persons for maintenance purposes.
5 This display shows the current OPERATION PROGRAMMING TIME BUTTON
MODE. For cooling only type, “ ” (Auto) and 17 Use this button for programming “START and/
“ ” (Heating) are not installed. or STOP” time.
DISPLAY “ TEST” TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON
18
(INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION) Use this button for SETTING TEMPERATURE.
6 When the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON
19
BUTTON is pressed, the display shows the
system mode is in. FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON
DISPLAY “ hr
” (PROGRAMMED TIME) 20 Press this button to select the fan speed,
hr
HIGH or LOW, of your choice.
7
This display shows the PROGRAMMED TIME OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON
of the system start or stop. 21 Press this button to select OPERATION
DISPLAY “ C ” (SET TEMPERATURE) MODE.
8
This display shows the set temperature. AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON
DISPLAY “ ” (FAN SPEED) 22
9
This display shows the set fan speed.
DISPLAY “ ” (AIR FLOW FLAP) NOTE
10 · For the sake of explanation, all indications are
shown on the display in Figure 1 contrary to
DISPLAY “ ” (TIME TO CLEAN AIR FILTER) actual running situations.
11
3PA59583-16X
Si21-204
Part 5
Field Piping and Wiring
1. Field Piping and Wiring .........................................................................74
1.1 Refrigerant Piping Size and Permissible Length ....................................74
1.2 Refrigerant Piping...................................................................................75
1.3 Air Purge ................................................................................................78
1.4 Charging of Refrigerant ..........................................................................79
1.5 Electrical Wiring......................................................................................80
1.6 Test Run Procedure ...............................................................................83
1.7 Handling Refrigerating Oil ......................................................................84
Field Piping and Wiring 73

Field Piping and Wiring Si21-204
1. Field Piping and Wiring

1.1 Refrigerant Piping Size and Permissible Length
(Using a chlorine flux may cause the pipes to corrode, and if it contains fluoride it may cause the refrigerant lubricant to
deteriorate, adversely affecting the refrigerant piping system.)
Use the phosphorus deoxidized seamless copper tube.
1. Comfirm the proper refrigerant piping size as follows.
(a) Refrigerant piping size
Simultaneous operation multi-type
Refrigerant piping size
Outdoor unit Allowable refrigerant pipe length (m)
Gas pipe Liquid pipe
71 type φ15.9×t1.0 One-way maximum pipe length L0+L1, L0+L2, L0+L3≤50m(Equivalent length 70m)
φ9.5×t0.8 Maximum branch pipe length L1, L2, L3≤20m
100-160 type φ19.1×t1.0
Maximum difference for If L1>L2>L3
(b)Permissible piping length and height difference branch pipe length L1-L2, L1-L3, L2-L3≤10m
Permissible Parenthesized Maximum height difference between indoor units H1, H2, H3≤0.5m
Type piping
length
(
figure represents
equivalent length
( Max. height
difference
Maximum height difference between indoor and outdoor units
Charge-less length L0+L1+L2+L3≤30m
H≤30m
Pair system 50m (70m) 30m

Indoor unit (2 sub units)
H1
50m (70m) 30m The one-way maximum
Simultaneous Indoor unit Branch piping permissible piping length
H3
L2
The total one-way pipe The height difference (Main unit) here means the total
H2
operation Branch piping L3 length of the main pipe
length should be within between the indoor
H
and the branched pipe (the
system L1 Indoor unit (3 sub units) longer one of the two
60 meters. units sould be 0.5m. Main pipe
Branch piping branched pipes).
L0
Note Outdoor
The associated length is the value of the pressure loss for L
Set the lower limit for the allowable piping length to 5m. If it
joints and traps along the refrigerant piping converted for
is shorter than 5m, the piping will become overloaded with
piping of the same size, and then added.
refrigerant, raising the possibility of malfunctions related to
high-pressure.
CAUTION
1Do not use a flux when brazing the refrigerant piping.
For brazing, use phosphor copper brazing filler metal (BC uP) which does not require a flux.
(If a chlorine flux is used, the piping will corrode, and if the flux contains fluoride, it will cause the coolant oil to
deteriorate, adversely affecting the coolant piping system.
Precautions when using existing refrigerant piping

1Pay attention to the following points when using existing refrigerant piping.
Improper use can cause accidents.
In the following situations, the existing piping should not be re-used and new piping should be installed.
If the previously used model had problems with its compressor (this might cause oxidized coolant oil, scale residue, and
other adverse effects.)
If the indoor or outdoor units were disconnected from the piping for a long period of time (water or dirt might have gotten
into the piping.)
If copper piping is corroded.
Flares should not be re-used but rather new ones made in order to prevent leaks.
Check welded connections for gas leaks, if the local piping has welded connections.
Replace deteriorating insulation with new material.
74 Field Piping and Wiring

Si21-204 Field Piping and Wiring
1.2 Refrigerant Piping

∗ See the installation manual that came with the indoor unit for details on the indoor unit’s
refrigerant piping.
Field pipes can be installed in four directions.

Front plate
Center area around
Dril knockout hole
knockout hole Pipe outlet plate
Backward
Screw for
front plate
Slit Sideways
Connecting pipe Forward
Slit
Bottom frame Pipe outlet plate screw Downward
*Cutting out the two slits makes it possible to install as shown in the figure above.
(Use a metal saw to cut out the slits.)
Do not allow any substances other than the specified refrigerant such as air to mix into the refrigerant circuit.
CAUTION
To install the connecting pipe to the unit in a downward direction, make a knockout hole by penetrating the center area
around the knockout hole using a φ6mm drill.
After knocking out the knock hole, we recommend applying a repair coating on edges, slits, and around side surfaces to
prevent rusting.
<Preventing foreign objects from entering> Putty or insulating
Plug the pipe through-holes with putty or insulating material (procured material
locally) to stop up all gaps, as shown in Fig. 2. (Procured locally)
Insects or small animals entering the outdoor unit may cause a short in the
electrical box. Fig. 2
Service port
<Cautions for handling Stop Valve>
1. The stop valves for indoor-outdoor connecting piping are closed at
Valve bar
shipment from the factory.
Valve cover Branch piping
The names of parts are shown in Fig. 3.
connection
2. Since the side boards may be deformed if only a torque wrench is used
when loosening or tightening flare nuts, always lock the stop valve with a Fig. 3
wrench and then use a torque wrench. Silicon
Do not place wrenches on the valve cover. Sealing pad
3. For cooling operation under low ambient temperature or any other
operation under low pressure, apply silicon sealing pad, etc. to prevent the
freezing of flare nut of gas pipe portion of the stop valve. (Refer to Fig. 4)
( Make sure that
there is no gap (
Fig. 4
<How to use the stop valve - Fig. 5> Gas side
Have a hex wrench ready (4mm and 6mm) Open direction
1. Opening the valve Liquid side
a. Place the hex wrench on the valve bar and turn counter-clockwise. Open direction
b. Stop when the valve bar no longer turns. It is now open.
2. Close the valve
a. Place the hex wrench on the valve bar and turn clockwise.
b. Stop when the valve bar no longer turns. It is now closed.
Fig. 5

CAUTIONS FOR HANDLING VALVE COVER

1. The valve cover is sealed where indicated by the arrow. (Refer to Fig. 6)
Take care not to damage it.
2. After operating the valve, be sure to tighten the valve cover properly.
Tightening torque: 19.6-24.5 Nm Fig. 6
Indoor and outdoor
CAUTIONS FOR HANDLING SERVICE PORT branch piping
1. Work with the charge hose with a pushbar. Terminal cover
2. After the work, tighten the valve cover in place. Compressor
Tightening torque: 10.8-14.7 Nm
PRECAUTIONS REGARDING INSULATION

Be careful not to let the indoor and outdoor branch piping come into
contact with the compressor terminal cover.
If the liquid-side piping insulation might come into contact with it, adjust
the height as shown in the figure at right. Also, make sure the branch Corking, etc.
piping does not touch the bolts of the compressor or outer panels.
If there is a possibility that condensation on the stop valve might drip
down into the indoor unit through gaps in the insulation and piping Bolts
because the outdoor unit is located higher than the indoor unit, etc., this
must be prevented by corking the connections, etc.
Furthermore, if the temperature/humidity in the ceiling are expected to Insulation material
exceed 30ºC / 80%RH, the insulation material of the refrigerant pipes Be careful with pipe, bolt, and
should be strengthened (to be a thickness of 20mm or more). There may outer panel connections.
be some condensation on the surfece of the insulation material.
Be sure to insulate the liquid and gas-side branch piping and the refrigerant branch kit.
(Not insulating them may cause leaking.)
(The highest temperature that the gas-side piping can reach is around 120ºC, so be sure to use insulating material
which is very resistant.)
Be sure to insulate any field piping all the way to the piping connection inside the unit. Any exposed
CAUTION
CAUTION piping may cause condensation or burns if touched.

CAUTIONS FOR FLARE CONNECTION Coated with refrigerating

1. See the following table for the flare dimensions. machine oil
2. When connecting the flare nut, apply refrigerating machine oil to the flare (inside
and outside) and first screw the nut 3 or 4 turns by hand.
3. See the following table for the tightening torque.
Excessive tightening could crack the flare. CAUTION
4. After completing the installation, carry out a gas leak inspection of the piping
connections with nitrogen and such.
Pipe size Tightening torque Flare dimensions A (mm) Flare form

φ9.5 32.7~39.9 Nm 12.6-13.0
2˚
R0.4~0.8
45˚±
90˚±2˚
φ15.9 61.8~75.4 Nm 19.0-19.4
A
φ19.1 97.2~118.8 Nm 23.3-23.7
If a torque wrench is not available, use Table as a guide.

When work is completed, be sure to check that there is no gas leakage.
When a wrench is used to tighten the flare nuts, the tightening torque may increase suddenly.
From this position tighten only to the angle shown in Table.
Pipe size Further tightening angle Recommended arm length of tool
φ9.5 60 to 90 degrees Approx. 200mm
CAUTIONS FOR NECESSITY OF A TRAP n Trap installation spacing

Since there is fear of the oil held inside the riser piping flowing
Indoor unit
back into the compressor when stopped and causing liquid Oil trap
compression phenomenon, or cases of deterioration of oil
regturn, it will be necessary to provide a trap at an appropriate Gas piping
place in the riser gas piping. Liquid piping
CAUTIONS FOR SIMULTANEOUS
*15m
* Marks. Install trap

OPERATIONS MULTI-TYPE
at each difference
Start-up and shut-down of pipes should be done in height 15m.
using the main piping. Outdoor unit
Use the refrigerant branch pipe kit (sold separately)
Note) A trap is not necessary when the outdoor
for refrigerant piping branches. (See the kit instruction unit is installed in a higher position than the
manual for details.) indoor unit.
l Be sure to carry out a nitrogen blow when brazing.
(Brazing without carrying out nitrogen replacement or releasing nitrogen into the piping will create large quantities of
oxidized film on the inside of the pipes, adversely affecting valves and compressors in the refrigerating system and
preventing normal operation.)
NOTES
1. Refer to the "Manual for Installation" for directions on how to carry out nitrogen replacement. (Inquire with your dealer.)
2. Nitrogen should be set to 0.02Mpa (enough so that it can be felt on the skin) with a pressure-reducing valve if brazing while
inserting nitrogen into the piping.
Pressure-reducing valve
Refrigerant piping
Part to be Taping hands valve
brazed
Nitrogen
Nitrogen

1.3 Air Purge

Carry out an air purge of the refrigerant system, using a vacuum pump.
FOR PAIR SYSTEM Stop valve

Outdoor unit
Pressure
gauge Indoor unit
Nitrogen
Vacuum pump
Note:
FOR SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION SYSTEM The refrigerant pressure may not rise
Stop Outdoor unit Indoor unit even if the stop valve is opened after
valve an air purge is performed using a
vacuum pump.
Pressure Branched pipes This is because the outdoor unit
gauge Branched pipes refrigerant piping is closed off with
electric valves inside.
Nitrogen Vacuum This will not create any problems
pump Pipe branching kit during operation.
Main pipe (optional)

1.4 Charging of Refrigerant

This unit requires additional charging of refrigerant according to the length of pipe connected at the site.
When the entire refrigerant pipe length is within 30 meters, the additional changing is not needed.
Take the following steps for proper charging.
When connected to one indoor When connected to two indoor units When connected to three indoor units
unit (pair system) (simultaneous operation system) (simultaneous operation system)
Main pipe (L1) Branched pipe Branched pipe (L2)

(L2)
Branched pipe (L3)

Branched pipe (L3)
Main Main Branched
pipe pipe pipe (L4)
Indoor unit (L1) (L1)
One-way length of pipe (L): L1 One-way length of pipe (L): L1+L2+L3 One-way length of pipe (L): L1+L2+L3+L4
1. Refrigerant charge amount

Additional charging of refrigerant
Select the amount of refrigerant which matches a length which exceeds the charge-less length, and add it.
Write down the amount of extra refrigerant added in accordance with the precaution plate on the rear surface of the front
plate, as this is necessary for after-sales service.
FOR PAIR SYSTEM

Table 1 Additional charging amount <unit: kg>
The maximum allowable pipe length is 50 meters.
Pipe excess length over 30 meters 10m or less 20m or less
RY71 0.50 1.00
Heat pump type
RY100~160 0.75 1.50
Straight cooling type R71~140 0.25 0.50
FOR SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION SYSTEN

Find the entire pipe length by totaling that of each pipe in the order of the main pipe (L1), and branched pipes (L2), (L3),
(L4), calculate the excess length going over 30 meters, then select from Table 2 the amount of refrigerant corresponding to
the excess length.
The total value is the amount required for additional charging.
The maximum allowable pipe length is 50 meters. Make the total refrigerant pipe length come within 60 meters. The
maximum allowable pipe length here means the total length of the main pipe and the branched pipe (the longer one of the
two branched pipes).
Table 2 Additional charging amount <unit: kg>
Pipe excess length over 30 meters 10m or less 20m or less
71 type 0.50 1.00
Main pipe φ9.5
100·125·140 type 0.75 1.50
Heat pump
71 type 0.50 1.00
models φ9.5
100·125·140 type 0.75 1.50
Liquid Branched pipe
71 type 0.30 0.60
pipe φ6.4
140 type 0.45 0.90
Straight Main pipe φ9.5 0.25 0.50
cooling φ9.5 0.25 0.50
Branched pipe
models φ6.4 0.15 0.30
2. Recharging refrigerant
When the entire refrigerant pipe length is within 30 meters, charge the refrigerant in accordance with the amount
mentioned on the nameplate, and when the pipe length exceeds 30 meters, the charging amount is an addition of the
amount stated on the nameplate and the additional charging amount.
CAUTION
To persons in charge of piping work:

Be sure to open the shut-off valve after piping work is complete.
(Running the system with the valve closed may break the compressor.)

1.5 Electrical Wiring
Install the earth leakage circuit breaker.

Electrical wiring must be carried out by qualified personnel. WARNING
Before obtaining access to terminal devices, all supply circuits must be interrupted. WARNING
Be sure to ground the air conditioner. CAUTION
Do not connect the earth wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning conductor or telephone earth wire. CAUTION
Use only copper wires. CAUTION
The wiring between the indoor unit and outdoor unit must be for 220~240V.
Do not turn on the main switch until all the wiring is completed.
The resistance of the grounding must not exceed 500Ω. (keep below 250Ω in locations with high electrical danger.)
When performing electrical wiring, refer also to the wiring diagram affixed to the unit.
Use the specified wires and fix them with clamps so that no external forces act on the terminals. For clamping, push the
hook in tail end of the clamp to loosen it, pass the wires through it, then fasten the clamp.
Clamp the wiring as shown below, taking care that the wires do not touch the piping. ( especially high-pressure piping)
For Y1 models
Make sure to connect power supply cables in normal phase. If connected in reverse phase, the remote controller of
indoor unit indicated "U1" and the equipment cannot operate. Change any two of the three power supply cables (L1, L2,
L3) to correct phase.
If the contact in the magnetic switch should be forcibly turned on while the equipment is inoperative, the compressor
(will be damaged by a fire. Never try to forcibly turn on the contact.
(
Never squeeze extra wires into the unit.
Protect the electric wiring with electric wiring pipes or tubes to prevent the edges of the knock holes from damaging it.
Secure the electrical wiring with the included clamping material as shown in the figure below so that it does not come in
contact with the piping, particularly on the high-pressure side.
Make sure no external pressure is applied to the terminal connectors.
Secure the wiring in the order shown below.
1. Secure the wiring between units to the stop valve mounting plate so that it does not slide.
2. Secure the wiring between units to the stop valve mounting plate one more time along with the power supply wiring.
Lay the electrical wiring so that the front cover does not rise up when doing wiring work, and attach the front cover
securely.
Form the wires and fix the cover firmly so that the cover may be fit in properly.

Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.
(Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to
unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.)
Do not connect wires of different gauge to the same Round crimp-
style terminal
power supply terminal.
(Looseness in the connection may cause overheating.) Electric
Wire
When connecting wires of the same gauge, connect
them according to the righthand figure.
Connect wires of Do not connect Do not connect
In wiring, make certain that prescribed wires are the same gauge wires of the same wires of different
used, carry out complete connections, and fix the to both side. gauge to one side. gauges.
wires so that outside forces are not applied to the
terminals.
Use the correct screwdriver to tighten the terminal

screws.
Small screwdrivers can damage the screw head and Tightening torques (N·m)
prevent appropriate tightening. M4 1.32-1.62
Over-tightening the terminal screws can damage the M5 2.21-2.70
screws.
See the chart at right for tightening torques for the
terminal screws.
<How to Connect the Power Supply and Wire between Units>
1. For details on the wiring of the indoor unit and wiring between units, refer to the Installation Manual of the indoor unit.
FOR PAIR SYSTEM SINGLE PHASE TYPE

V1 VAL
220-240V~50Hz 220V~60Hz
Y1·YAL Model
THREE-PHASE FOUR- Y1 YAL
MAIN SWITCH WIRE SYSTEM TYPE 380-415V 3N~50Hz 380V 3N~60Hz
FUSE THREE-PHASE THREE- TAL
WIRE SYSTEM TYPE 220V 3~60Hz
V1·VAL Model TAL Model

MAIN SWITCH MAIN SWITCH
OUTDOOR UNIT FUSE FUSE
Remote
Controller INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT
FOR SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION SYSTEM
Y1·YAL Model
MAIN SWITCH
FUSE
OUTDOOR UNIT V1·VAL Model TAL Model
MAIN SWITCH MAIN SWITCH

FUSE FUSE
INDOOR UNIT
Remote (Master)
Controller
INDOOR UNIT
(Slave) OUTDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT

Specifications of standard wiring components

Power supply Wire type of wiring
Model Field fuse Wire type Size between the units.
R(Y)71LUY1(5) 15A H05VV-U5G H05VV-U4G2.5
R(Y)125LUY1(5)(S) 20A H05VV-U5G H05VV-U4G2.5
RY160LUY1 25A H05VV-U5G H05VV-U4G2.5
R(Y)71LUV1(5)(S) 30A H05VV-U3G Wiring size must comply with the H05VV-U4G2.5
R(Y)100LUV1(5)(S) 40A H05VV-U3G applicable local and national code. H05VV-U4G2.5
R 71LUVAL 30A H05VV-U3G H05VV-U4G2.5
R100LUVAL 40A H05VV-U3G H05VV-U4G2.5
R125LUTAL 30A H05VV-U4G H05VV-U4G2.5
R125LUYAL 20A H05VV-U5G H05VV-U4G2.5
R(Y)140LUTAL 40A H05VV-U4G H05VV-U4G2.5
R(Y)140LUYAL 25A H05VV-U5G H05VV-U4G2.5
Instead of fuse, use circuit breaker.
Refer to the engineering data for details.
CAUTION
To persons in charge of electrical wiring work:
Do not operate the unit until the refrigerant piping is complete.
(Running it before the piping is ready will break the compressor.)

1.6 Test Run Procedure

Be sure to fully open the liquid-side and gas-side stop valves.
For details on test operation, refer to the Installation Manual of the indoor unit.
Pre-run checks
Item to check
Is the wiring as per the wiring diagram?
Make sure no wiring has been forgotten and that there are no missing phases or reverse phases.
Power supply wiring Is the unit properly grounded?
Wiring between units Are any of the wiring attachment screws loose?
Is the insulation resistance at least 1MΩ?
Ground wire
Use a 500V mega-tester when measuring insulation.
*Do not use a mega-tester for circuits which are not 220-240V.
Is the size of the piping appropriate?
Is the insulation material for the piping attached securely?
Refrigerant piping
Are both the liquid and gas pipes insulated?
Are the shut-off valves for both the liquid side and the gas side open?
Extra refrigerant Did you write down the extra refrigerant and the refrigerant piping length?
Test run
1. In order to protect the compressor, be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation.
2. Make sure the liquid and gas shut-off valves are open.
<Be sure to close the outside cover before operation, as not doing so can cause electric shock. >
∗The refrigerant pressure may not rise even if the shut-off valve is opened after an air
purge is performed using a vacuum pump.
<Gas side>
This is because the outdoor unit refrigerant piping is closed off with electric
Open direction
valves inside. This will not create any problems during operation. <Liquid side>
3. Be sure to set it to cooling and press the operation switch. Open direction
4. Press the inspection/test-run switch on the remote control to put the
machine into test-run mode.
5. Make sure the compressor is not starting and stopping during the test-run by
listening. If it is starting and stopping, immediately stop the machine using the
remote control, and check the refrigerant level, etc. There may be some sort of
malfunction.
∗ The machine will run in cooling operation for approximately 2 minutes, even if it is
set to heating, only the first time after the machine is installed, and only, for 71-100. Remove the cap and turn
∗ If the outdoor air temperature is 30˚C or higher, the unit will not operate when set to counterclockwise with a
heating. This is not a malfunction. hex wrench until it stops.
Precautions regarding test-runs

If the remote control shows E0, E3, or E4 as an error code, there is a possibility that either the shut-off valve is closed, or the
outlet vent is closed.
For reverse or missing phase, U1 or E6 will be displayed on the remote control for the indoor unit, and operation will be
impossible. If this happens, turn off the power, re-check the wiring, and switch the position of two of the three electrical wires.
(If operation is not possible, do not under any circumstances force the electromagnetic contactor on.)
If the error code E6 is displayed on the remote control, check for voltage imbalance.
If the error code UF is displayed on the remote control, check the wiring between units connection.
There is a safety device against malfunctions in the compressor for 71-100. If a malfunction occurs (including closed shut-off
valves or no gas), the internal safety device may be activated due to the temperature in the compressor rising. Once this
happens, the unit will not be able to be run until the temperature in the compressor drops (between 30 minutes and 2 hours),
but this does not mean the machine is broken. Make sure the unit is not being run without gas due to a closed stop valve or a
gas leak.
Diagnosis
On the remote control LCD
If the machine stops due to some malfunction, you can diagnose the problem using the error code displayed on the remote
control.
List of error codes Description
E0 Safety device activated (indoor/outdoor fan malfunction, compressor malfunction, electric motor malfunction)
F6 Heat exchange temperature malfunction
J2 Electric current sensor malfunction
∗The malfunction code should be looked up in the installation manual for the indoor unit.
∗ Depending on the indoor unit or outdoor unit type, error codes may not be displayed.

1.7 Handling Refrigerating Oil

The following description shows the relationship between compressors equipped with LU
model, which has been newly developed, and applicable refrigerant oil.
Class of outdoor unit Manufacturer of compressor Refrigerating oil

R (Y) 71 SONTEX 200LT
COPELAND
R (Y) 100 (White Oil)
R (Y) 125
R (Y) 140 DAIKIN SUNISO 4GSDID-K
RY160
Applicable refrigerating oil varies with the class of product. The refrigerating oils are not
compatible with each other. Therefore, when changing the refrigerating oil, do not attempt to
mix them.
(If a large quantity of different types of oil is mixed, the oil characteristics will change, thus
resulting in failures such as seizure in the compressor.)
However, pay attention to the following points.

# Apply oil on the flared surface to prevent leaks from the flared section at the time of
installation.
# Oil remaining in service tools (e.g. gauges and charging hoses) can be neglected because
only a very small quantity of oil goes into the refrigerant circuit.

Si21-204
Part 6
Field Setting
(Reset after Maintenance Inspection/Repair)........................................87
1.1 Explanation.............................................................................................87
1.2 Field Setting ...........................................................................................88
1.3 Initial Setting Contents ...........................................................................90
1.4 Local Setting Mode No. ..........................................................................91
1.5 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes ..................................................93
1.6 Centralized Group No. Setting ...............................................................98
2. Settings Concerning Maintenance ........................................................99
2.1 Indoor Unit PCB .....................................................................................99
2.2 Outdoor Unit Switches / Setting Jumper ..............................................111
3. Existence of DIP Switch, Jumper and BS ...........................................112
3.1 Reference Table...................................................................................112
3.2 Emergency Operation ..........................................................................113
3.3 Maintenance Mode Setting...................................................................115
Field Setting 85
Si21-204
86 Field Setting
Si21-204 Method of Field Set (Reset after Maintenance Inspection/Repair)

(Reset after Maintenance Inspection/Repair)
1.1 Explanation
Field set is carried out from the remote controller. At time of installation, or after maintenance
inspection/repair, carry out field set according to the explanation below. Incorrect settings will
cause a malfunction to occur. (The indoor unit settings are sometimes changed if optional
accessories are mounted on the indoor unit. Refer to the optional accessory manual.)
Field Setting 87
Method of Field Set (Reset after Maintenance Inspection/Repair) Si21-204
1.2 Field Setting

1.2.1 Wired Remote Controller
Notes: (Field setting must be made from the remote controller in accordance with the installation
conditions.)
! Setting can be made by changing the “Mode number”, “FIRST CODE NO.”, and “SECOND
CODE NO.”.
! Refer to the following procedures for Field setting.
Procedure
88 Field Setting
1.2.2 Wireless Remote Controller

Note: If optional accessories are mounted on the indoor unit, the indoor unit setting may have to be
changed. Refer to the instruction manual (optional hand book) for each optional accessory.
Procedure 1. When in the normal mode, push the “ ” button for a minimum of four seconds,
and the FIELD SET MODE is entered.
2. Select the desired MODE NO. with the “ ” button.
3. Push the “ ” button and select the FIRST CODE NO.
4. Push the “ ” button and select the SECOND CODE NO.
5. Push the “ ” button and the present settings are SET.
6. Push the “ ” button to return to the NORMAL MODE.
Field Setting 89
1.3 Initial Setting Contents

Setting Contents Filter Filter Sign High Air Selection Air Flow Air Flow Twin Twin External Long Life Fan
Sign Estimation of Outlet of Air Direction Direction System System Static Filter Speed
Accumulated Velocity Flow Adjust Adjust No. of Individual Pressure Type Up
(for Range Connecte
Operating Application Direction Setting d Indoor Set
Hours to Ceiling Units
Higher than
Indoor Models 2.7m)
Ceiling FHYC " " " " " " " "
Mounted 35~160
Cassette
Type
Ceiling FHY35~ " " " " " "
Suspended 125
Type
Ceiling FUY71~ " " " " " " "
Suspended 125FJ
Cassette
Type
Ceiling FHYB " " " "
Mounted 35~125
Built-in
Type
Corner FHYK " " " " " "
Type 35~71
Floor FVY71~ " " "
Standing 125LA
Type
Wall FAY71~ " " "
Mounted 100FA
Type
Duct Connection Type

Setting Contents Filter Filter Sign High Air Selection Air Flow Air Flow Twin Twin External Long Fan
Sign Estimation of Outlet of Air Direction Direction System System Static Life Speed
Accumulated Velocity Flow Adjust Adjust No. of Individual Pressure Filter Up
Operating (for Direction Connected Set
Hours Application Range Indoor Type
to Ceiling Setting Units
Indoor Models Higher
than 2.7m)
FDYB Cooling
" " " " "
Type only
Heat
" " " " "
pump
FDYM Cooling
" " " " " "
Type only
Heat
pump
" " " " " "
FDY Heat
pump " "
Type
90 Field Setting
1.4 Local Setting Mode No.

Example To set the filter sign time to “filter contamination - heavy” for all units in a group:
Set mode No. to “10,” setting switch No. to “0,” and setting position No. to “02.”
Table
Mode Setting Setting Description Setting Position No. *Note 2
No. Switch
Note 1 No. 01 02 03
10(20) 0 Filter contamination - heavy / Ultra-Long- Light Approx. Heavy Approx. —
light (Setting of operating Life Type 10,000 5,000
hours for filter sign indication) hours hours
(Change setting when Long-Life Approx. Approx.
reducing filter sign indication Type 2,500 1,250
time to half due to quick soiling hours hours
of filter)
Standard Approx. Approx.
Type 200 100
hours hours
1 Long-life filter type (Setting of filter sign Long-Life Filter Ultra-Long-Life —
indication time) Filter (1)
(Change setting when Ultra-long-life filter is
installed)
2 Remote control thermostat Use Not Use —
(Set when remote control thermostat sensor
is used )
3 Estimation of filter operating hour ON OFF —
(Change setting when filter sign indication is
not used)
11(21) 0 No. of Sky Air indoor units connected for Pair Twin Triple
simultaneous ON-OFF multi system
(Change setting when simultaneous
operation multi system is used) *Note 3
1 Simultaneous operation multi-unit individual Unified Individual —
setting
2 Indoor unit fan OFF when cooling/heating is — Fan OFF —
OFF
12(22) 3 Change to set fan speed when heater Fan Speed LL Set Fan Speed —
thermostat is OFF *Note 5
5 Automatic restart after power outage reset OFF ON —
*Note 6
13(23) 0 High Ceiling-mounted built-in multi-flow N H S
Ceiling cassette type, Ceiling suspended
cassette type
Ceiling-suspended type, wall- 2.7 m or Lower 2.7~3.5 m —
mounted type
Fan speed increase (wall-mounted type) Standard Slight Increase Normal Increase
1 Air flow direction selection (Change setting F T W
when blocking kit is installed) *Note 4
3 Air flow direction adjustment (Change setting Installed Not Installed —
when decorative air outlet panel is installed)
4 Setting of air flow direction adjustment range Upward Standard Downward
5 On-site fan speed change by air outlet Standard Option 1 Option 2
(When using phase control)
6 External static pressure setting (To be set Standard High Static Low Static Pressure
according to connected duct resistance) (Standard) Pressure (High
(High ceiling setting in the case of FHYK) Ceiling Setting)
Notes: 1. Setting is made in all units in a group. To set for individual indoor units or to check the
setting, use the mode Nos. (with “2” in upper digit) in parentheses ( ).
2. The setting position No. is set to “01” at the factory, except for the following cases in which
“02” is set.
! Setting of air flow direction adjustment range
! Automatic restart after power outage.
! Remote control thermostat
Field Setting 91
! Filter sign indication (only for ceiling-mounted duct type)

3. When installing Sky Air simultaneous operation multi-unit, set to either “twin” or “triple.”
Only when the factory setting is changed, it is necessary to make a setting using a remote
controller.
4. For further details, see the installation instruction.
5. Since drafts may result, carefully select the installation location.
6. When power returns, units resume the settings made before the power outage.
Caution When “auto restart after power outage reset” is set, be sure to turn off air conditioners, then cut
off the power supply before conducting maintenance, inspection and other work. If the power
supply is cut off with the power switch left ON, air conditioners will automatically start operating
when the power supply is turned on.
7. Do not set any items other than those listed in the above table.
8. Functions that indoor units are not equipped with will not be displayed.
9. When returning to normal mode, “88” may be displayed on the LCD section of the remote
controller due to initialization operation.
92 Field Setting
1.5 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes

1.5.1 Ceiling Type Setting Switch for Air Flow Adjustment
Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The setting position No. is set to “01”
at the factory.
! In the Case of FHY and FAY
Mode No. Setting Switch Setting Position Setting
No. No.
13(23) 0 01 Ceiling-suspended type: Lower than 2.7 m
Wall-mounted type: Standard
02 Ceiling-suspended type: Approx. 2.7 to 3.5 m
Wall-mounted type: Slight increase
03 Ceiling-suspended type: Not used Wall-
mounted type: Normal increase
! In the Case of FUY

No. of Air Outlets Used
4-way Outlets 3-way Outlets 2-way Outlets
Ceiling Standard (N) Lower than 2.7 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
Height High Ceiling $ Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.8 m
(H)
Higher Ceiling & Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.8 m —
(S)
! In the Case of FHYC (35 to 71 class)

Height High Ceiling $ Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.3 m Lower than 3.8 m
(H)
(S)
! In the Case of FHYC (100 to 140 class)

Height
High Ceiling $ Lower than 3.6 m Lower than 4.0 m Lower than 4.2 m
(H)
(S)
1.5.2 Air Flow Direction Setting

Set the air flow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when optional air outlet
blocking pad has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to “01.”
Setting Table
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code Setting
No.
13 (23) 1 01 F : 4-direction air flow
02 T : 3-direction air flow
03 W : 2-direction air flow
Field Setting 93
1.5.3 Filter Sign Setting

If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below.
Set Time
Filter Specs. Long Life Standard Ultra Long Life Filter
Setting
Contamination Light 2,500 hrs. 200 hrs. 10,000 hrs.
Contamination Heavy 1,100 hrs. * 100 hrs. 5,000 hrs.
*FH(Y)C and FH(Y) only are 1,250 hrs.
1.5.4 Wireless Setting (Address and MAIN/SUB Setting)

Explanation If several wireless remote controller units are used together in the same room (including the
case where both group control and individual remote controller control are used together), be
sure to set the addresses for the receiver and wireless remote controller. (For group control, see
the attached installation manual for the indoor unit.) If using together with a wired remote
controller, you have to change the main/sub setting or the receiver.
Setting The Through the small opening on the back of the receiver, set the wireless address switch (SS2) on
Receiver the printed circuit board according to the table below.
Unit No. No.1 No.2 No.3
Wireless Address
Switch (SS2)
When using both a wired and a wireless remote controller for 1 indoor unit, the wired controller
should be set to MAIN. Therefore, set the MAIN/SUB switch (SS1) of the receiver to SUB.
MAIN SUB
MAIN/SUB Switch
(SS1)
<In Case of FUY Model>
After completing setting, seal off the opening of the address switch and the MAIN/SUB switch
with the attached sealing pad.
Setting The <Setting from the remote controller>

Address of 1. Hold down the “ ” button and the “ ” button for at least 4 seconds, to get
Wireless Remote the FIELD SET MODE. (Indicated in the display area in the figure at right).
Controller 2. Press the “ ” button and select a multiple setting (A/b). Each time the button is
(It is Factory Set pressed the display switches between “A” and “b”.
to “1”) 3. Press the “ ” button and “ ” button to set the address.
94 Field Setting
Address can be set from 1 to 6, but set it to 1 ~ 3 and to same address as the receiver. (The
receiver does not work with address 4 ~ 6.)
4. Press the “ ” button to enter the setting.
5. Hold down the “ ” button for at least 1 second to quit the FIELD SET MODE and
return to the normal display.
Multiple Settings When the indoor is being operating by outside control (central remote controller, etc.), it
A/b sometimes does not respond to ON/OFF and temperature setting commands from this remote
controller. Check what setting the customer wants and make the multiple setting as shown
below.
Remote Controller Indoor Unit
Multiple Setting Remote Controller Controlled by other Air For other than on Left
Display Conditioners and
Devices
A: Standard All items Displayed. Commands other than
ON/OFF and
Temperature Setting
Accepted. (1 LONG
BEEP or 3 SHORT
BEEPS Emitted)
b: Multiple display Operations set only is All Commands Accepted (2 SHORT BEEPS)
displayed shortly after
execution.
Field Setting 95
After Setting Stick the Unit No. label at decoration panel air discharge outlet as well as on the back of the
wireless remote controller.
<In case of FUY>
PRECAUTIONS
Set the Unit No. of the receiver and the wireless remote controller to be equal. If the setting
differs, the signal from the remote controller cannot be transmitted.
1. Do not use any settings not listed in the table.
2. For group control with a wireless remote controller, initial settings for all the indoor units of
the group are equal. (For group control, refer to the installation manual attached to the
indoor unit for group control.)
1.5.5 Fan Speed OFF When Thermostat is OFF

When the cool/heat thermostat is OFF, you can stop the indoor unit fan by switching the setting
to “Fan OFF.”
∗ Used as a countermeasure against odor for barber shops and restaurants.
Setting Table
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Setting
11(21) 2 01 —
02 Fan OFF
1.5.6 Ultra-Long-Life Filter Sign Setting

When a Ultra-long-life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed.
Setting Table
Mode No. Setting Switch No. Setting Position No. Setting
10 (20) 1 01 Long-Life Filter
02 Ultra-Long-Life Filter (1)
03 —
96 Field Setting
1.5.7 Fan Speed Changeover When Thermostat is OFF

By setting to “Set Fan Speed,” you can switch the fan speed to the set fan speed when the
heating thermostat is OFF.
∗ Since there is concern about draft if using “fan speed up when thermostat is OFF,” you should
take the setup location into consideration.
Setting Table
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Setting
12(22) 3 01 LL Fan Speed
02 Set Fan Speed
1.5.8 Main/Sub Setting When Using 2 Remote Controllers

Set the switch on the remote controller’s PC board.
Control by 2 Remote Controllers (controlling 1 indoor unit with 2 remote controllers)
! When using 2 remote controllers, one of either the control panel or the separate remote
controller must be set to “MAIN” and the other to “SUB”.
(MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER)
Procedure 1. Insert a “ - ” screwdriver into the recess between the upper and lower part of remote
controller and, working from the 2 positions, pry off the upper part. (The remote controller PC
board is attached to the upper part of remote controller.)
Insert the screwdriver here and gently work off the upper part of remote controller.
2. Turn the MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER SWITCH on one of the two remote controller PC
boards to “S”. (Leave the switch of the other remote controller set to “M”.)
Field Setting 97
1.6 Centralized Group No. Setting

! If carrying out centralized control with a central remote controller and unified ON/OFF
controller, you have to set the group No. for each group by remote controller.
! To set the group No., first turn on the power supply of the central remote controller, unified
ON/OFF controller and indoor unit.
Centralized 1. If the inspection/test button is pushed for 4 seconds or more when in the normal mode,
Group No. Setting operation enters the “field set mode.”
by Remote 2. Using the temperature control buttons, set the mode No. to “00.”
Controller. 3. Push the inspection/test button to inspect the group No. display.
4. Using the programming time button, set the group No. for each group. (Group No. rises in
the order of 1-00, 1-01, ...1-15, 2-00 ...4-15, etc. The unified ON/OFF controller however
displays only the range of group numbers selected by the switch for setting each address.)
5. Push the timer ON/OFF button and enter the selected group No.
6. Push the inspection/test button and return to the normal mode.
∗ If the address has to be set individually for each unit for power consumption counting, etc., set
the mode No. to “30.”
Group No. Setting

Example
Note: 1. “F1,F2” indicates interface adaptor for SKY AIR series.

2. If not using remote controllers, temporarily connect a remote controller to set the group No.,
set the group No. for centralized control, and then disconnect the controller.
98 Field Setting
Si21-204 Settings Concerning Maintenance
2. Settings Concerning Maintenance

2.1 Indoor Unit PCB
FHYC35~
FHYC160KVE
Field Setting 99
Settings Concerning Maintenance Si21-204
FHY35~125BVE
100 Field Setting

FHYB35~
FHYB125FV1
Field Setting 101

FHYK35~
FHYK71FJV1
102 Field Setting

FAY71LVE
Field Setting 103

FAY71FAVE
FAY100FAVE
104 Field Setting

FVY71~125LAVE
Field Setting 105

FUY71~
FUY125FJV1
106 Field Setting

FDYB35~
71KAVE
Field Setting 107

FDYM03~06FA
108 Field Setting

FDY06KAY1
Field Setting 109

FDY71~160KFV1
110 Field Setting

2.2 Outdoor Unit Switches / Setting Jumper

R(Y)71~160LU
Field Setting 111

Existence of DIP Switch, Jumper and BS Si21-204
3. Existence of DIP Switch, Jumper and BS

3.1 Reference Table
Model PC Board DIP Switch Jumper BS
Type
DS1
1 2 3 4 1 Pump Down
/Forced
EMERGENCY E. V. DEF. Thermostat Defrost
Open Start Control
ON/OFF COOL/ During Condition Changeover
HEAT DEF.
RY71·100LUV1 EC0246 (V1) " " " " " "
R71·100LUV1 (S)/VAL EC0246 (V1) " " "*
EC0289 (VAL)
RY71·100·125·140LUY1 EC0247 (Y1) " " " " " "
RY140LUTAL, YAL EC0290 (TAL)
RY160LUY1 EC0291 (YAL)
R71·100·125·140LUY1 EC0247 (Y1) " " "*
R125·140LUTAL/YAL EC0290 (TAL)
R125LUY1S EC0291 (YAL)
* Pump Down only
Note: Note 1
DIP Switch and BS Detail
HAP
COOL
ON
FORCED
DEF,
J1
O
F
F
PUMP
1 2 3 4 DOWN
HEAT
OFF
EMG. DS1
Note: Note 2
BS button (Pump down / Forced defrosting)
Pressing the BS button forcibly operates the air conditioner in the cooling mode.
1. To conduct a pump-down operation (sending refrigerant to outdoor unit), press the BS button to forcibly
operate the equipment in the cooling mode, then operate the unit for about 1 minute to stabilize the
system. After stabilizing system, close the liquid pipe stop valve on the outdoor unit, and after the
pressure decreases and the low pressure switch activates, close the gas pipe stop valve.
2. Forced defrost
To activate the defrost operation during the heating operation, press the BS button. This will activate
the forced defrost operation (cooling operation).
When the defrost cancel conditions are met, the equipment automatically switches off the defrost
operation.
112 Field Setting

Si21-204 Existence of DIP Switch, Jumper and BS
3.2 Emergency Operation
Emergency You can operate the system manually by changing the setting of the emergency switch (SS1) on the indoor
Operation of Indoor unit’s PC board from “Normal” to “Emergency.” When switched however the equipment cannot regulate
Units temperature. The table below contains a list by model of actuators for manually operating indoor units in
time of emergency.
Model Fan Drain Raising
FH(Y)C " "
FH(Y) " "
FUY " "
FVY~L " —
FH(Y)B " "
FH(Y)K " "
FAY " "
FDYB " —
FDYM " —
FDY " —
! Method of switching in time of emergency
Note: 1. Do not operate from remote controller during emergency operation.

2. Operate the switch only when the power supply is turned OFF.
Emergency Turn off the power supply and set the emergency switch to “Heat” for heating or “Cool” for cooling.
Operation of Operation will be started manually when you turn the power back on. (“Heat” cannot be set for a cooling
Outdoor Units only air-conditioner.)
DS1 SETTING
ON COOL ON COOL ON COOL
COOL
or
HEAT
OFF HEAT OFF HEAT OFF HEAT
FORCED FORCED
FACTORY SET
COOLING HEATING (SL016-2)
Field Setting 113

Concerning If a safety device should be actuated during emergency operation, all actuators are turned OFF. If you
Emergency reset after waiting for 3 minutes, operation will start again. Emergency operation cannot be carried out if the
Operation PC board itself is defective.
Note: For emergency operation, be sure to set emergency operation for both the indoor and outdoor units. Do not
attempt to operate the equipment from the remote controller during emergency operation. Emergency
operation is computer-controlled, and therefore cannot be carried out if the microcomputer is not operating
properly.
The table below contains a list of actuators for manually operating the equipment in time of emergency.
Actuator Cooling Heating
Compressor ON ON
4-WAY VALVE OFF ON
Outdoor Unit Fan H Fan Speed H Fan Speed
Electronic Expansion Valve 170 Pulses 170 Pulses
Indoor Unit Fan H Fan Speed H Fan Speed
Drain Pump ON ON
During emergency heating operation, defrosting is carried out for 3 minutes every hour. (4-way valve and
outdoor unit fan are turned OFF.)
114 Field Setting

Si21-204 Existence of DIP Switch, Jumper and BS
3.3 Maintenance Mode Setting

Procedure 1. Enter the field set mode.
Continue to push the inspection / test operation button for a minimum of 4 seconds.
2. Enter the maintenance mode.
After having entered the field set mode, continue to push the inspection / test operation
button for a minimum of 4 seconds.
3. Select the mode No.
Set the desired mode No. with the up/down temperature setting button.
4. Select the unit No.
Select the indoor unit No. set with the time mode START/STOP button.
5. Carry out the necessary settings for each mode. (Modes 41, 44 and 45)
See the table below for details.
6. Enter the setting contents. (Modes 44 and 45)
Enter by pushing the timer ON/OFF button.
7. Return to the normal operation mode.
Tap the inspection / test operation button one time.
Table
Mode Function Content and Operation Method Example of Remote Controller Display
No.
40 Malfunction You can change the history
Hysteresis with the programming time up-
down button.
41 Sensor Data Select the display sensor with

Display the programming time up-
down button
Display sensor
00 Remote control sensor
01 Suction
02 Heat exchange
43 Forced Fan Turns the fan ON for each unit

ON individually.
44 Individual Sets fan speed and air flow

Setting direction for each unit
individually when using group
control.
Settings are made using the
“air flow direction adjust” and
“fan speed adjust” buttons.
45 Unit No. Changes unit No.

Change
Set the unit No. after changing
with the programming time up-
down button.
Operation is not reset by malfunction code reset for inspection.

(Cannot be reset because the count is updated each time a malfunction occurs.)
Field Setting 115

116 Field Setting

Si21-204
Part 7
Function and Operation
1. Function Outline ..................................................................................118
1.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................118
1.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................123
2. Operation Flowchart (RY71 - 160LU)..................................................124
2.1 Cooling / Program Dry Operation .........................................................124
2.2 Heating .................................................................................................126
3. Electric Function Parts ........................................................................128
3.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................128
3.2 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................131
4. Thermistor Temperature and Resistance Conversion Table ..............134
4.1 Thermistor Temperature and Resistance Conversion Table................134
5. Function Details ..................................................................................135
5.1 Indoor Unit (General)............................................................................135
5.2 Indoor Unit (FDYB, FDYM, FDY-KF Model).........................................143
5.3 Indoor Unit (FDY-KA Model) ................................................................146
5.4 Outdoor Unit (For R (Y) 71-160LU) ......................................................150
Function and Operation 117

Function Outline Si21-204
1. Function Outline
1.1 Indoor Unit
FHYC, FHY, FAY,

FUY
(Input) (Output)
Indoor Unit
Thermostat Control
Suction Sensor Fan Motor
Monitoring Function
Heat Exchange Sensor Cool/Heat Automatic Function Drain Pump

FHY Optional (60Hz Only)
Program Dry
Float Switch Fan Operation

FH(Y) Optional (60Hz Only)
No. of Fan Turns Drain Pump Control Flap Motor

FAY
FH(Y)
Freeze-up Protection Function
Limit Switch for Flap Heating Overload Control
Emergency Operation Switch Defrosting LED Display

Wireless Units Only
Indoor Unit Fan Control

Phase Control
Cold Air Prevention Function
Remote Controller with Flap Control Outdoor Air Intake

Liquid Crystal
FHYC Only
Optional
ON/OFF
Air Heater Control Buzzer, LED
Air Flow Direction, Wireless Units Only
Fan Speed, etc.
Operation Mode Guard Function
Malfunction Detection Function
Ceiling Dirt Reduction Function
(SF001)
118 Function and Operation

Si21-204 Function Outline
FHYK, FHYB,
FHY~B, FVY~LA
(Input) (Output)
Indoor Unit
Suction Sensor Thermostat Function Fan Motor
Heat Exchange Sensor Monitoring Function Flap Motor

FVY, FH(Y)K Only
Cool/Heat Automatic Function Drain Pump

Not Used for FVY
Float Switch Program Dry

Not Used for FVY
Fan Operation
Drain Pump Control

FH(Y)K, FH(Y)B Only
Limit Switch for Flap

FH(Y)K, FVY Only
Heating Overload Control
Defrosting
Remote Controller with Liquid Cold Air Prevention Function

Crystal
Operation Mode Guard Function Monitor LED
Filter Sign Function
(SF002)

FDYB-KA
(Input) (Output)
Indoor Unit
Heat Exchange Sensor Monitoring Function
Cool/Heat Automatic Function
Program Dry
Fan Operation
Defrosting

Crystal
(P1058)

FDYM
(Input) (Output)
Indoor Unit
Heat Exchange Sensor Monitoring Function
H1
Cool/Heat Automatic Function
Program Dry
Fan Operation
H1
H1
Defrosting
H1
Crystal
(P1058)
Note: ∗1 : Items indicated by “∗1” are not available for cooling only models.

FDY
(Input) (Output)
Indoor Unit
Thermostat Control
Suction Sensor Fan Motor
Monitoring Function
Heat Exchange Sensor
Fan Operation
Freeze-up Protection
Function
Emergency Operation Defrosting LED Display

Switch
Cold Air Prevention

Function
Remote Controller with

Liquid Crystal
ON/OFF
Operation Mode Guard
Timer Setting Function
Operation Mode Sellection
Malfunction Detection
Thermostat Function
(P1302)

1.2 Outdoor Unit
All models
(Input) (Output)
Outdoor Unit
Compressor ON/OFF Control
Outdoor Temperature Sensor 3-minute Standby Function Compressor
Heat Exchange Temperature ∗1 ∗1

Defrosting 4-way Valve
Sensor
Discharge Pipe Temperature ∗1

Forced Defrosting Fan Motor
Sensor
∗1
PS for High Pressure Protection 4-way Valve Control Electronic Expansion Valve
RY125, 140, 160LU only
PS for Low Pressure Control Outdoor Unit Fan Control
CT(Courrent transformer) Outdoor Unit Fan Start LED Display
Fan Motor Temperature Switch
Year-round Cooling Control Crank Case Heater

Indoor Unit Signal Heat pump only
∗2 ∗1
Setting Switch & Jumper Wire Frosting Avoidance Control
∗1
Overload Control
Electronic Expansion
Valve Control
Forced Thermostat OFF Control
Practice Function
Simulated Operation Function

(SF003)
Note: ∗1 : Items indicated by “∗1” are not available for cooling only air-conditioners.
Refer “Existence of DIP Switch, Jumper and BS” on P112. (∗2)

Operation Flowchart (RY71 - 160LU) Si21-204
2. Operation Flowchart (RY71 - 160LU)

2.1 Cooling / Program Dry Operation
Power Switch ON
Initializing of Electronic
Expansion Valve
(See Section 5. 4. 4.)
D
Start Operation Using
Remote Controller.
Operation Mode Judgment
Cooling/Dry Heating Emergency Operation

Four-Way Valve Control

Is safety NO
device in normal Error Indication A
condition?
YES
Thermostat
B
ON Judgment
(See Section 5. 4. 2.) Thermostat OFF
Thermostat ON
Startup Control
Is discharge YES
thermistor disconnected?
NO Is
cumulative retry total 6? NO
(See Section
5. 4. 5.)
Is thermistor NO Simulated Operation
in normal condition? (See Section 5. 4. 10.) YES
Forced thermostat
YES Shutdown OFF
Due to Error
Is discharge pipe YES

temperature high? A B
NO
(S2741)
To ∗1 To ∗2

Si21-204 Operation Flowchart (RY71 - 160LU)
∗1 (Continued) ∗2 (Continued)
Discharge pipe high

Is outside heat temperature thermostat
YES OFF control
exchanger temperature
high? (See Section 5. 4. 6.)
NO
Low outside temperature High pressure protection Is EV opening

control in cooling operation control in cooling operation appropriate in YES
(See Section 5. 4. 14.) (See Section 5. 4. 12.) thermostat OFF?
(See Section
5. 4. 8.)
Is indoor unit YES

under freeze prevention Gas Shortage Error Indication
control?
NO
Optimal discharge pipe Forced thermostat Forced thermostat Is cumulative

temperature control OFF(Refer the OFF retry total 6? NO
(See Section 5. 4. 4.) Freeze up (See Section (See Section
prevention control 5. 4. 12.) 5. 4. 5.)
of indoor unit)
YES
Forced thermostat
B B Error Indication
OFF
∆Tr=[Indoor unit (See Section
suction temperature] – YES
5. 4. 6.)
[Remote controller preset
temperature]≤0
Thermostat OFF A B
NO (See Section
5. 4. 2.)
Operation stop YES

using remote controller
(See Section B
5. 4. 2.)
NO
C D
(S2742)
Note: For items indicated with reference section numbers 5.4.1 through 5.4.19, see the explanation of outdoor
unit functions detail on pages 150 through 158.

Operation Flowchart (RY71 - 160LU) Si21-204
2.2 Heating
Power Switch ON
Initializing of
Electronic Expasion Valve
Start Operation Using

Remote Controller.
Operation Mode Judgment
Cooling/Dry Heating Emergency Operation

Four-Way Valve Control

Is safety device NO
in normal condition? Error Indication A
YES
B
Thermostat
ON Judgment
(See Section 5. 4. 2.) Thermostat OFF
Thermostat ON
Startup Control
Is discharge
thermistor disconnected? YES
(See Section
5. 4. 7.)
NO Is cumulative
retry total 6? NO
(See Section
5. 4. 5.)
Is thermistor NO Simulated Operation
in normal condition? (See Section 5. 4. 10.) YES
Forced
YES Shutdown thermostat OFF
Due to Error (See Section
5. 4. 7.)
Is discharge pipe YES

temperature high?
A B
NO
(S2743)
To ∗1 To ∗2

Si21-204 Operation Flowchart (RY71 - 160LU)
∗1 (Continued) ∗2 (Continued)
Discharge Pipe High

Is indoor heat YES Temperature Thermostat
exchanger temperature OFF Control
high? (See Section 5. 4. 6.)
NO
High pressure protection

Outdoor Unit Fan Control control in heating operation Is EV opening
(See Section 5. 4. 17.) appropriate in
(See Section 5. 4. 16.) YES
thermostat OFF?
(See Section
5. 4. 8.)
Defrost Control
(See Section 5. 4. 18.) NO
Gas Shortage Error Indication
Optimal discharge pipe

temperature control
(See Section 5. 4. 4.) Forced thermostat
OFF
(See Section Is cumulative
5. 4. 16.) retry total 6? NO
(See Section
5. 4. 5.)
∆Tr=[Indoor unit B YES
suction temperature] – YES
[Remote controller preset Error Indication Forced thermostat
temperature]≤0 OFF
(See Section
Thermostat OFF 5. 4. 6.)
NO (See Section
5. 4. 2.)
A B
Operation stop
using remote controller YES
(See Section B
5. 4. 2.)
NO
(S2744)
C D
Note: For items indicated with reference section numbers 5.4.1 through 5.4.19, see the explanation of outdoor
unit functions and operations on pages 150 through 158.

Electric Function Parts Si21-204
3. Electric Function Parts

3.1 Indoor Unit
FHYC~KVE
Capacity 35 50 60 71 100 125 140 Remarks
Wired Remote Controller BRC1C61(EC0025) Optional
Accessory
Wireless Remote HEAT PUMP USE : BRC7C612W (C) Optional
Controller COOLING ONLY USE : BRC7C613W (C) Accessory
Electronic Control Unit EC9743
Fan Motor (Temperature KFP-220-45B D17P90H23
Protector 130°C) 6P 45W 6P 90W
Fan Motor Capacitor 3.5µF 5µF
Swing Flap Motor MP35HCA (3P007482-1)
(with Limit Switch)
Float Switch FS-0211B
Drain Pump PLD-12230DM-1
FHYK~FJV1
Capacity 35 45 60 71 Remarks
Accessory
Electronic Control Unit FHYK71:EC9516 FHYK35~60:EC9521
Fan Motor (Temperature BP-NRTW BP-NRTW BP-NRTW
Protector 120°C) 4P 20W 4P 25W 4P 45W
Fan Motor Capacitor 2µF 2.5µF
Swing Flap Motor MT8-L [3PA07312-1]
(with Limit Switch)
Float Switch FS-0406C
Drain Pump CJV-0927
FHYB~F
Capacity 35 45 60 71 100 125 Remarks
Accessory
Electronic Control Unit EC9514 EC9515
Fan Motor (Temperature CA- CA- CA- V1:CA- A37P135 A37P225
Protector 152°C) 0513D 0514D 0516D 0515D G20 C20
4P 65W 4P 85W 4P 110W 4P 125W 4P 135W 4P 225W
VAL:CA-
4526D
4P 125W
Fan Motor Capacitor 4µF 5µF 5µF V1:3µF V1:5µF
VAL:5µF VAL:10µF
Float Switch FS-0406D
Drain Pump CJV-0929
FHY~B
Capacity 35 50 60 71 100 125 Remarks
Wired Remote BRC1C61 (EC0025) Optional
Controller Accessory
Electronic Control (R22) USE: EC0053
Unit
Fan Motor D09P62A20 D10P130H23
(Temperature 4P 62W[3PN04213-1] 4P
Protector 130°C) 130W[3PN04404-1]
Fan Motor Capacitor 3µF 9µF
Swing Flap Motor MT8-L [3P058751-1]
Drawing No. given inside brackets[ ].

Si21-204 Electric Function Parts
FAY~FA
Capacity 71 100 Remarks
Accessory
Fan Motor 4P 37W 4P 46W
Fan Motor Capacitor 1.5µF
Swing Flap Motor MT8 [3SB40350-1]
(with Limit Switch)
FVY~LA
Capacity 71 100 125 Remarks
Control Panel BRC1C61(EC0025)
Electronic Control Unit FVY:EC98115
Fan Motor (Temperature AP-NOT AP-NOT AP-NOT
Protector 130°C) 6P 30W 6P 60W 6P 90W
Fan Motor Capacitor 7µF 8µF
Swing Motor MT8-L [3P027592-1]
Drawing No. given inside brackets[ ].
FUY~FJ
Capacity 71 100 125 Remarks
Accessory
Wireless Remote HEAT PUMP USE : BRC7C528W Optional
Controller COOLING ONLY USE : BRC7C529W Accessory
Fan Motor (Temperature D16P45R23 D17P90J23
Protector 130°C) 6P 45W 6P 90W
Fan Motor Capacitor 3.5µF 6µF
Swing Flap Motor MT8-L(Drg. No. 3PA07572-1)
(with Limit Switch)
Float Switch FS-0211B
Drain Pump PJV-0744
FDYB~KA
Capacity 35 50 60 71
Wired Remote BRC1C61 (Optional)
Controller
Electronic Control EC9650A [3PA54545-31]
Unit
Printed Circuit EC9438 [3PA58241-1]
Power Unit
Fan Motor TYPE EFNO-KPPA TYPE EFNO-KPPA
1ph 220V 4P 45W 1ph 220V 4P 65W
[3PN00443-1] [3PN00444-1]
Fan Motor OFF : 135±5°C
Temperature ON : 95°C±15°C
Protection
Capacitor for Fan 3.0MF 400VAC 4.0MF 400VAC
Motor [MI35015-7] [MI35015-8]
Thermistor for Air ST8601-5
(R1T) [3SA48001-5]
Thermistor for ST8602A-2
Heat Exchanger [3SA48002-2]
(R2T)

FDYM-FA
Capacity 03 04 05 06
Wired Remote BRC1C61 (Optional)
Controller
Electronic Control EC9650A EC9651A
Unit
Fan Motor V1 : CA-0515D V1 : A37P135G20 V1 : A37P225C20 V1 : A37P290B22
(Temperature 200-220V 4P 200-220V 4P 135W 200-220V 4P 225W 200-220V 290W
Protector 152°C) 125W 1ph 1ph 1ph 1ph
VAL : CA-4526D VAL : A37P135G20 VAL : A37P225C20 VAL : A37P290B22
200/220V 4P 200/220V 4P 135W 200-220V 4P 225W 200-220V 290W
125W 1ph 1ph 1ph 1ph
Running V1 : 5MF V1 : 2.5MF V1 : 5MF 400VAC V1 : 11MF 400VAC
Capacitor 400VAC 400VAC
VAL : 4.5MF VAL : 4.5MF VAL : 8MF 400VAC VAL : 12MF
400VAC 400VAC 400VAC
FDY-KAY1
Capacity FDY06KAY1
Remote Wired BRC1C61, Wireless BRC4C62(Optional)
Controller
Printed Circuit
Board (control) EC0103 [2P073194-1]
Printed Circuit
Board (Power EC9438 [3PA58241-1]
Unit)
Fan Motor IK
3ph 400V 4P 0.75kW
Fan Motor CLK-15JTH40-P6A
Magnetic Switch 220V
Fan Motor Over 1.5A
Current Relay
FDY-KFV1
Capacity 71 100 125 160
Remote Wired BRC1C61(Optional)
Controller Wireless BRC4C62(Optional)
Printed Circuit EC0051 [2P064262-1]
Board (control)
Printed Circuit
Board (Power —
Unit)
Fan Motor 40P5144 40P5144 40P5144

1ph, 4P, 290W 1ph, 4P, 490W 1ph, 4P, 490W
Fan Motor CLK-15J20-P6C
Magnetic Switch [MI37503-4]
Fan Motor Over —
Current Relay

3.2 Outdoor Unit
RY
RY71LUY1 RY71LUV1 RY100LUY1 RY100LUV1 RY125LUY1
M1C Compressor ZR36K3-TFD ZR36K3-PFJ ZR48K3-TFD ZR48K3-PFJ JT160BC-YE
J1HC Crank Case Heater 33W 240V
S1PH Pressure Switch for Maintaining PS-80-63-0278
High Pressure — OFF:2.94 +0
-0.1 MPa
ON:2.16±0.15MPa
S2PH Pressure Switch for Maintaining —
High Pressure
S1LP Pressure Switch for Low 20PS08-0014
Pressure Control OFF: 0.03±0.02 MPa
ON: 0.05±0.03 MPa
K1M Magnetic switch CLK-20J-P6 CLK-26J-P6 CLK-20J-P6 CLK-35J-P6 CLK-20J-P6
M1F Outdoor Unit Fan (Upper) 65W 90W 65W
M2F Outdoor Unit Fan (Lower) — — 85W
Q1L Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Safety OFF : 135±5°C
Q2L Thermostat ON : 95±15°C
C1R Capacitor for MF1 6µF 440VAC
C2R Capacitor for MF2 — 6µF 440VAC
C3R Capacitor for M1C — 50µF 370VAC — 60µF 370VAC —
A1P Outdoor Unit Control PC Board∗ EC0247 EC0246 EC0247 EC0246 EC0247
R1T Thermistor (for Outdoor Air) ST9303
R2T Thermistor (for Heat Exchanger) ST8604A
R3T Thermistor (for Discharge Pipe) ST9701
T1R Transformer TR20H24R9
Y1R 4-way Changeover Valve(Body) V26410G CHV-0404
Y1E Electronic Expansion Valve CAM-B20YPDM-1 (Main Body) CAM-B40YPDM-1 (Main Body) HAM-BD26DM-1
(Main Body)
CAM-MD12DM-2 (Coil) HAM-MD12DM-1
(Coil)
Y1R 4way Changeover Valve(coil) LB6410C AJ511C

RY140LUY1 RY140LUTAL RY140LUYAL RY160LUY1

M1C Compressor JT170BC-YE JT170BC JT170BC-YH JT180BC-YE
J1HC Crank Case Heater 33W
High Pressure OFF:2.94 +0
- 0.1 MPa ON:2.16±0.15MPa
Pressure Control OFF:–0.03±0.02MPa ON:0.05±0.03MPa
K1M Magnetic Switch CLK-26J-P6 CLK-35J-P6 CLK-26J-P6 CLK-26J-P6
M1F Outdoor Unit Fan (Upper) 65W 75W 75W 65W
M2F Outdoor Unit Fan (Lower) 90W 100W 100W 90W
C1R Capacitor for M1F 6µF 440VAC
A1P Outdoor Unit Control PC Board EC0247 EC0290 EC0291 EC0247
Y1R 4-way Changeover Valve(Body) CHV-0404
Y1R 4way Changeover Value(coil) AJ511C AG521C AJ511C
Y1E Electronic Expansion Valve HAM-BD30DM-1
HAM-MD12DM-1 (Coil)
R
R71LUY1(5) R71LUV1(S)(5) R100LUY1 R100LUV1(S)(5)
M1C Compressor ZR36K3-TFD ZR36K3-PFJ ZR48K3-TFD ZR48K3-PFJ
J1HC Crank Case Heater —
High Pressure
Pressure Control OFF: –0.03±0.02MPa ON:0.05±0.03MPa
M1F Outdoor Unit Fan (Upper) 65W 90W
M2F Outdoor Unit Fan (Lower) —
C2R Capacitor for M2F — 6µF 440VAC
C3R Capacitor for M1C — 50µF 370VAC — 60µF 370VAC
A1P Outdoor Unit Control PC Board∗ EC0247 EC0246 EC0247 EC0246
Y1E Electronic Expansion Valve CAM-B20YPDM-1 (Main body) CAM-B40YPDM-1 (Main body)
CAM-MD12DM-2 (Coil)

R125LUY1(S)(5) R140LUY1(5) R140LUTAL R140LUYAL

M1C Compressor JT160BC-YE JT170BC-YE JT170BC JT170BC-YH
High Pressure OFF:2.94 +0
- 0.1 MPa ON:2.16±0.15MPa
Pressure Control OFF : –0.03±0.02MPa ON : 0.05±0.03 MPa
M2F Outdoor Unit Fan (Lower) 85W 90W 100W
R3T Thermistor (for Discharge Pipe) ST9701 ST8605
Y1E Electronic Expansion Valve HAM-BD26DM-1
HAM-MD12DM-1 (Coil)
R71LUVAL R100LUVAL R125LUYAL R125LUTAL

M1C Compressor ZR36K3-PFV ZR47K3-PFV JT160BC-YH JT160BC
High Pressure
S1LP Pressure Switch for Low 20PS08-0014 20PS08-0015
Pressure Control
OFF : –0.03±0.02MPa ON : 0.05±0.03 MPa
M2F Outdoor Unit Fan (Lower) — 95W
C2R Capacitor for M2F — 6µF 440VAC
Y1E Electronic Expansion Valve CAM-B20YPDM-1 CAM-B40YPDM-1 HAM-BD26DM-1
(Body) (Body) (Body)
CAM-MD12DM-2 (Coil) HAM-MD12DM-1 (Coil)

Thermistor Temperature and Resistance Conversion Table Si21-204
4. Thermistor Temperature and Resistance

Conversion Table
4.1 Thermistor Temperature and Resistance Conversion
Table
4.1.1 Table for 1
Suction, Remote Suction, Remote Suction, Remote
controller, Heat controller, Heat controller, Heat
Exchange (Indoor Exchange (Indoor Exchange (Indoor
Temperature (°C) Unit), Outdoor Air, Temperature (°C) Unit), Outdoor Air, Temperature (°C) Unit), Outdoor Air,
Outdoor Suction Outdoor Suction Outdoor Suction
Pipe, Sensor (kΩ) Pipe, Sensor (kΩ) Pipe, Sensor (kΩ)
-6.0 90.8 16.0 30.2 38.0 11.5
-4.0 81.7 18.0 27.5 40.0 10.6
-2.0 73.5 20.0 25.1 42.0 9.8
0.0 66.3 22.0 23.0 44.0 9.1
2.0 59.8 24.0 21.0 46.0 8.4
4.0 54.1 26.0 19.2 48.0 7.8
6.0 48.9 28.0 17.6 50.0 7.2
8.0 44.3 30.0 16.2 52.0 6.9
10.0 40.2 32.0 14.8 54.0 6.2
12.0 36.5 34.0 13.6 56.0 5.7
14.0 33.2 36.0 12.5 58.0 5.3
4.1.2 Table for 2

Discharge Discharge Discharge Discharge
Temperature Pipe Sensor Temperature Pipe Sensor Temperature Pipe Sensor Temperature Pipe Sensor
(°C) (kΩ ) (°C) (kΩ ) (°C) (kΩ ) (°C) (kΩ )
-6.0 1120.0 40.0 118.7 94.0 15.8 140.0 4.1
-4.0 1002.5 42.0 109.0 96.0 14.8 142.0 3.9
-2.0 898.6 44.0 100.2 98.0 13.9 144.0 3.7
0.0 806.5 46.0 92.2 100.0 13.1 146.0 3.5
2.0 724.8 48.0 84.9 102.0 12.3 148.0 3.3
4.0 652.2 50.0 78.3 104.0 11.5 150.0 3.2
6.0 587.6 52.0 72.2 106.0 10.8 152.0 3.0
8.0 530.1 54.0 66.7 108.0 10.2 154.0 2.9
10.0 478.8 56.0 61.6 110.0 9.6 156.0 2.7
12.0 432.9 58.0 57.0 112.0 9.0 158.0 2.6
14.0 392.0 60.0 52.8 114.0 8.5 160.0 2.5
16.0 355.3 62.0 48.9 116.0 8.0 162.0 2.3
18.0 322.4 64.0 45.3 118.0 7.6 164.0 2.5
20.0 292.9 66.0 42.0 120.0 7.1 166.0 2.1
22.0 266.3 68.0 39.0 122.0 6.7 168.0 2.0
24.0 242.5 70.0 36.3 124.0 6.4 170.0 1.9
26.0 221.0 72.0 33.7 126.0 6.0 172.0 1.9
28.0 201.6 74.0 31.4 128.0 5.7 174.0 1.8
30.0 184.1 76.0 29.2 130.0 5.4 176.0 1.7
32.0 168.3 78.0 27.2 132.0 5.4 178.0 1.6
34.0 154.0 80.0 25.4 134.0 4.8 180.0 1.5
36.0 141.0 82.0 23.7 136.0 4.6
38.0 129.3 92.0 16.9 138.0 4.3

Si21-204 Function Details
5. Function Details
5.1 Indoor Unit (General)
5.1.1 Thermostat Control
Existing cooling/heating preset temperature range has been changed.

Function Details Si21-204
5.1.2 Draft Avoidance Control 1 (H/P model only)

Draft is circumvented by delaying transfer of the flap to the Po0 (horizontal) position for a certain
amount of time when defrosting and in the heating mode with the thermostat OFF.
5.1.3 Draft Avoidance Control 2 (H/P model only)

When hot start is canceled or when cold air prevention control is finished, if the fan speed is set
to “H,” the fan turns at L speed for a certain amount of time, thus avoiding draft while the flap is
moving.
5.1.4 Air Flow Volume Shift Control (H/P model only)

The air flow volume of an indoor unit is varied to prevent shutdown due to a rise in the high
pressure level.
(Air volume up at heating operation)
1. When indoor unit suction air temperature is 25°C or higher
ON condition Tc≥60°C
Reset condition Tc<43°C
Note that the air flow volume is varied for a preset time when the thermostat is ON.
2. When indoor unit suction air temperature is lower than 25°C
ON conditionTc≥60°C
Reset conditionTc<59°C

5.1.5 Freeze Prevention Control

The thermostat turns OFF under the following temperature conditions to prevent freezing of the
indoor unit heat exchanger.
! The motorized valve is controlled to maintain the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature
(Te) above 0°C.
! The outdoor unit fan speed is reduced to prevent freeze prevention control from activating
during cooling operation under low outside air temperature. (For details, see the section on
cooling operation under low outside air temperature.)
5.1.6 Condensation Avoidance Control (FHY-B Model Only)

Continuous 30 minutes operation of cooling One hour drying
After continuous 30 minutes of operation with downward The unit operation can be reset with changing operation
horizontal blade position, change the blade position to mode into "heating" or "fan", changing air flow direction or
level, and after one hour, the unit operation can be reset. turning "ON" or "OFF" the unit operation.
(S1117)
Note 1. Regardless of thermostat ON or OFF, the control can be functioned with the operation mode
of “ cooling ( automatic cooling ) ” or “ programmed drying ”.
2. The function is not provided for models other than FHY35 to 125B.

5.1.7 Using Conditions for Remote Controller Thermostat

(Applicable models: FHY-B, FHYC-K, FUY-F, FAY-FA only)
Remote controller thermostat is equipped only in wired remote controller.
Even when “ use remote controller thermostat ” is selected in service mode, the remote
controller thermostat may not be used.
< Conditions not to use >
1. When the remote controller thermostat malfunctions.
2. When the one remote controller group control is applied.
( Excluding simultaneous ON/OFF operation )
3. When conditions relating set temperature with remote controller and suction air temperature
are out of the operating zone of remote controller thermostat shown in below diagram.
( Excluding when automatic operation mode is selected. Whenever operation is in the
automatic mode, remote controller thermostat can be used. )
5.1.8 Auto-restart Function

If there is a power cut when the unit is operating, it will automatically resume the same operating
mode when the power is restored.
Caution When performing maintenance and the power supply is to be shut off, be sure to turn the remote
controller’s ON/OFF switch OFF first.
Shutting the power supply switch off while the ON/OFF switch is still ON is dangerous because
the “power failure automatic reset function” will cause the indoor fan to start turning
immediately, or the outdoor unit fan to automatically start turning three minutes after the power
supply is turned back on.

5.1.9 Fan and Flap Operations
Fan Flap Remote

Controller
FHYC FAY-FA FAY-L FVY Indication
FHYK
FHY
Heating Hot Start from In Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Forward Swing
Operation Defrost Operation
In Airflow OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Setting Set
Direction Position
Setting
Defrost In Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Forward Swing
Operation
In Airflow OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Setting Set
Direction Position
Setting
Thermostat In Swing LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Swing Swing
OFF Operation
In Airflow LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Setting Set
Direction Position
Setting
Hot Start from In Swing LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Swing Swing
Thermostat Operation
OFF (Cold Air
Prevention) In Airflow LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Setting Set
Direction Position
Setting
Stop (Error) In Swing OFF Horizontal Fully closed Fully closed Forward —
Operation (Horizontal)
In Airflow OFF Horizontal Fully closed Fully closed Setting —
Direction
Setting
Overload In Swing LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Swing Swing
OFF
In Airflow LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Setting Set
Direction Position
Setting
Cooling Thermostat ON In Swing L Swing Swing Swing Swing Swing
Operation in Operation
Microcomputer-
Controlled Dry In Airflow L Setting Setting Setting Setting Set
Mode Direction Position
Setting
Thermostat In Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Swing Forward Swing
OFF in Operation
Microcomputer-
Controlled Dry In Airflow OFF Setting Setting Setting Setting Set
Mode Direction Position
Setting
Cooling In Swing Setting Horizontal Horizontal Swing Swing Swing
OFF
In Airflow Setting Setting Setting Setting Setting Set
Direction Position
Setting
Stop (Error) In Swing OFF Horizontal Downward Fully closed Forward —
Operation (Horizontal)
In Airflow OFF Setting Downward Fully closed Setting —
Direction
Setting
Freeze In Swing L Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Swing Swing
Prevention in Operation
Microcomputer- In Airflow L Setting Setting Setting Setting Set
Controlled Dry Direction Position
Mode (Including Setting
Cooling
Operation)

5.1.10 Program Dry Operation Function

The points of thermostat ON or OFF are determined according to the suction air temperature at
the startup of unit operation.
The set temperature and flow rate are not displayed on remote controller.
Operation startup
Suction air temp. Ts

Thermostat
ON
(Differential)
Thermostat
(S1120)
OFF
1. Thermostat ON point ( TON ) according to suction air temp. (TS ).

Suction air temp TON(°C) TdON(°C)
Ts≥24°C Ts 1.5
24°C>Ts≥18°C Ts 1.0
24°C>Ts 18°C 1.0
2. Operation condition
Compressor condition ON OFF
Setting of flow rate L operation OFF
Angle of flap Set angle PO0 ( at level )
Air flow direction set with remote Set angle Setting indication
controller
5.1.11 Drain Pump Control (FHYC-K, FHYK, FHYB, FUY Model Only)
1. During cooling and program dry operation modes, the control function turns on the drain
pump according to the compressor operation. When the compressor turns OFF, the drain
pump continues operating for additional 5 minutes.
2. During cooling and program dry operation modes as well as in the initial stage of heating
operation, the control function detects the water level in the drain pan, and performs an error
shutdown process if the water level is abnormal.
(A) Drain pan water level detection system (water level sensor type) : cassette type
i) During operation startup
ON operation
Water level abnormality

Drain pan Note 2)
Normal 1 min
ON
Compressor
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
3 min 2 min 5 sec 5 min
Abnormal
Error processing
Normal
(S1121)
Note 1. In the initial stage of operation, the same control is also provided in heating mode.

ii) During operation (compressor ON)

Drain pan Note 2)
Normal
ON
Compressor
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
3 min 2 min 5 sec 5 min
ON
Error processing
OFF
(S1122)
2. After detecting abnormal drain pan water level, if the control function determines that there is
no abnormality within 3 minutes, the error shutdown processing is not conducted.
3. Once drain pan water level abnormality is determined, the compressor does not turn on for 2
minutes after the unit is restarted even if the water level is normal.
(B) Drain pan water level detection system (float type): units other than cassette type
i) During operation startup
ON operation

Drain pan
Normal
Note 1)
ON Note 1)
Compressor
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min 5 min
5 sec
Abnormal
Error processing
Normal Note 1)
1 min 20 sec (S1123)
Note 1. If the drain pan water level becomes normal within 1 minute and 20 seconds after the unit is
turned on, the error shutdown processing is not conducted.
If the thermostat is ON at that time, the compressor turns ON.
2. In the initial stage of operation, the same control is also provided in heating mode.
ii) During operation (compressor ON)

Drain pan
Normal
ON
Compressor
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min 5 min
5 sec
Abnormal
Error processing
Normal (S1124)
3. Once drain pan water level abnormality is determined, the compressor does not turn on for 2
minutes after the unit is restarted even if the water level is normal.

5.1.12 Outdoor Unit Identification Function

If the indoor unit is for both a heat pump and cooling only type, this function differentiates
whether the outdoor unit is functioning as a heat pump or cooling only unit, and automatically
decides the which operation modes can be set.
! Operation modes which can be set

Heat pump : Fan / cool / dry / auto / heat
Cooling only : Fan / cool / dry

5.2 Indoor Unit (FDYB, FDYM, FDY-KF Model)

5.2.1 Thermostat Control
Existing cooling/heating preset temperature range has been changed.

If there is a power failure when the unit is operating, it will automatically resume the same
operating mode when the power is restored.
5.2.3 Outdoor Unit Identification Function

If the indoor unit is for both a heat pump and cooling only type, this function differentiates
whether the outdoor unit is functioning as a heat pump or cooling only unit, and automatically
decides the which operation modes can be set.
! Operation modes which can be set

Heat pump : Fan / cool / dry / auto / heat
Cooling only : Fan / cool / dry

5.2.4 Freeze Prevention Control

The thermostat turns OFF under the following temperature conditions to prevent freezing of the
indoor unit heat exchanger.
! The motorized valve is controlled to maintain the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature
(Te) above 0°C.
! The outdoor unit fan speed is reduced to prevent freeze prevention control from activating
during cooling operation under low outside air temperature. (For details, see the section on
cooling operation under low outside air temperature.)
5.2.5 Program Dry

The suction temperature (DAS), at which operation starts, falls into any of the ranges A, B and
G mentioned below, and a cooling / standby is accordingly performed:
Range Suction temperature Compressor ON OFF temperature
temperature
A 24°C ≤ DAS DAS DAS—1.5 deg°C
B 18°C ≤ DAS < 24°C DAS DAS—1.0 deg°C
G DAS < 18°C 18°C 17°C
1. Compressor : ON when the startup suction temperature is in range A or B. ON upon
reaching 18°C, when it is in range G.
2. Indoor fan : OFF when the compressor is OFF. Turned ON within 5 seconds after
compressor ON. Air flow rate is fixed at “L”. When freeze-up protection is under way, the
indoor fan keeps OFF.
3. Outdoor fan and 4-way valve : The outdoor fan is ON and OFF in sync with compressor ON
and OFF. The 4-way valve is ON during the “Program dry” mode, and OFF upon completion
of this mode. (The 4-way valve is installed in the heat pump type model only.)
5.2.6 Indoor Unit Fan Control

Flow rate control can be carried out with remote controller setting.
In heating operation, unit is operated with LL operation mode when compressor stops running.
5.2.7 Cool Air Distribution Prevention Function

In heating operation, indoor unit fan is operated with LL operation mode for 1 min after
compressor started operation while the indoor heat exchanger temperature reaches at 34°C or
more.
Indoor heat exchanger

temperature 34˚C
Indoor unit fan Set flow rate
LL (P1066)

5.2.8 Heating Overload Control (Flow Rate Shifting Control)

In heating operation, during indoor unit fan is operated with L mode, if the indoor heat
exchanger temperature reaches at 57°C or more, the fan operation mode will turn to M mode.
In above switching action, the display on remote controller remains in “Low”.
57˚C
Indoor heat exchanger temperature
43˚C
M
Indoor unit fan
L
Remote controller setting
Low
H Refer to the item of "Overload control" (P1067)
5.2.9 Filter Sign

Filter sign is indicated on the remote controller when the operation time reaches to preset value
based on cumulated operation time.
Setting time
Filter Normal type Long life type
Setting
Soiled heavily 100 hr 1100 hr
Soiled slightly 200 hr 2500 hr
Setting value can be changed with remote controller.

5.3 Indoor Unit (FDY-KA Model)

5.3.1 Temperature Setting with Remote Controller
Temperature setting range with remote controller
Setting position number 01
(in standard condition)
Temperature setting range Cooling 18 - 35°C
Heating 15 - 30°C
5.3.2 Temperature Control in Cooling and Heating Operation

! Conduct the temperature control on each model in the following manner.
! Indoor unit sends to outdoor unit side the data for a temperature difference (∆T) between the
set temperature and current temperature. The content of the data is as follows.
In suction temperature control
∆T = Suction temperature - Set temperature
! When the outdoor unit receives the ∆T data, it performs the following operation control.
Cooling Heating
ON ON
OFF OFF
Set temperature +1˚C –1˚C Set temperature
(P1314) (P1315)
Automatic Cool / Heat Change Over

5.3.3 Freeze-up Protection Control

In cooling operation, the compressor forcibly stops when it operates cumulatively for 10 minutes
at the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature of 1°C or lower, or continuously for 1 minute at
that of -5°C or lower after operating continuously for 8 minutes.
The freeze-up protection can be reset only after the compressor operates continuously for 10
minutes at 7°C or higher.
Indoor unit heat exchanger
temperature condition (Te) Freeze-up protection control
Reset when operating

continuously for 10 minutes
7˚C
Thermostat-OFF when operating

cumulatively for 10 minutes
1˚C
Thermostat-OFF when operating

continuously for 1 minute
–5˚C
(P1318
5.3.4 Defrost Control

! Conduct defrosting operation on each model in the following manner.
! For 5 to 10HP chillers
Starting Cancelling hot start
hot start
Heating
Thermostat-OFF
Defrost
Fan ON
output
OFF (P1319)
The fan stops operating in the defrost operation for cold air protection. The fan restarts with the
hot start mode when the defrost operation is reset.
∗The fan operates in the normal thermostat-OFF status.
! For 15, 20HP chillers (Two-system machine)

Basically, two systems can start defrost operation independently regardless of the respective
operating status of other systems.
The fan operating status will be as follows.
Fan operation in different operating status

No.1 system Heating Thermostat-OFF Defrost
No.2 system
Heating ON ON ON
Thermostat-OFF ON ON OFF∗
Defrosting ON OFF∗ OFF
∗In normal thermostat-OFF operation, the fan runs. When another system is in defrosting
operation, however, the fan stops running for the cold air protection.
! Hot start
After the defrosting operation completes, the hot start is cancelled when the indoor unit heat
exchanger temperature reaches to 34°C or higher.

5.3.5 Cold Air Protection Function

In heating operation, the indoor unit fan can run only when the indoor unit heat exchanger
temperature reaches to 34°C or higher or 1 minute elapses after the compressor turns ON.
34˚C
Indoor unit heat

ON
Indoor unit fan
OFF (P1320)
5.3.6 Heating Overload Control

In heating operation, the compressor forcibly stops when 3 minutes elapse and the indoor unit
heat exchanger temperature reaches 58°C or higher after a high pressure control PS of the
outdoor unit is activated. The compressor is reset when the indoor unit heat exchanger
temperature comes down to 43°C or lower.
Low
*1 pressure
Outdoor unit high
pressure control PS High
pressure
3 minutes
58˚C
Indoor unit heat

43˚C
3 minutes
ON
Compressor
OFF (P1321)
5.3.7 Filter Sign

Filter sign is indicated on the remote controller when the operation time reaches to preset value
based on cumulated operation time.
Setting time
Filter Normal type Long life type
Setting
Soiled heavily 100 hr 1100 hr
Soiled slightly 200 hr 2500 hr
Setting value can be changed with remote controller.
5.3.8 Resetting Abnormality

! When detecting abnormality in operation, the following will be conducted.
5 to 10HP units
When abnormality occurs, the following will be conducted.
1. Thermostat-OFF (The fan keeps running.)
2. Malfunction code displayed on the screen of remote controller

5.3.9 Using Conditions for Remote Controller Thermostat

Remote controller thermostat is equipped only in wired remote controller.
Even when “ use remote controller thermostat ” is selected in service mode, the remote
controller thermostat may not be used.
< Conditions not to use >
1. When the remote controller thermostat malfunctions.
2. When the one remote controller group control is applied.
( Excluding simultaneous ON/OFF operation )
3. When conditions relating set temperature with remote controller and suction air temperature
are out of the operating zone of remote controller thermostat shown in below diagram.
( Excluding when automatic operation mode is selected. Whenever operation is in the
automatic mode, remote controller thermostat can be used. )

If there is a power cut when the unit is operating, it will automatically resume the same operating
mode when the power is restored.

5.4 Outdoor Unit (For R (Y) 71-160LU)

5.4.1 4-way Valve Control (H/P model only)
4-way valves conduct power when heating. Changeover switching is carried out only during
operation.
4-way valve ON : During heating except when defrosting
4-way valve OFF : During cooling, program dry and defrosting
5.4.2 Operation, Stop and Thermostat Control

Thermostat Basic thermostat ON/OFF operations.......
Control Thermostat turns ON when ∆Tr is 1°C.
Thermostat turns OFF when ∆Tr is 0°C.
During Defrosting (H/P model only) or Forced operation

→ Room temperature control prevents thermostat from turning OFF.
∆Tr
1˚C
0˚C
ON
Thermostat OFF
(S1126)
∗ Regarding ∆Tr
In cooling operation
∆Tr = Indoor unit suction air temperature (Tr) - Temperature set by remote controller
In heating operation (H/P model only)
∆Tr = Temperature set by remote controller - Tr
Compressor
Shutdown
Operation
! On RY71 to 100LU, only when the unit stops after cooling operation, the outdoor fan stops
30 seconds after the compressor turns off.
! When the thermostat is OFF due to the room temperature level, the compressor stops 5
seconds after the electronic expansion valve closes.
! When the operation stops by remote controller or the malfunction is finalized by protection
devices, electronic expansion valve is closed further 8 pulses from fully closed position.

5.4.3 HPS/LPS Detection Function (In case of R(Y)71~100LU, HPS is not

fitted)
If either HPS or LPS are actuated while the compressor is running, the compressor stops and
begins standing by for 3 minutes. (Depending on operation conditions, even if LPS is actuated
the compressor may not go OFF in some cases)
If this movement is detected an additional 6 times from the time it is first detected to until turned
off by remote controller, operation is stopped due to malfunction.
5.4.4 Electronic Expansion Valve Control

Electronic About 10 seconds after turning on the power supply, the electronic expansion valve’s opening is
Expansion tightened -87 pulses to close it all the way.
Valve Initialize
Electronic type expansion valve initializing
Electronic EX valve openning
700
Tighten by -700 pls

Open by +79 pulse
79
-87 pulse
Discharge Pipe The optimal discharge pipe temperature for present operation is calculated according to indoor
Temperature unit heat exchange temperature, outdoor unit heat exchange temperature, and outdoor air
temperature, with the electronic expansion valve being controlled so that the discharge pipe
temperature approaches the optimal discharge pipe temperature.
Optimal discharge pipe temperature - discharge pipe temperature <0°C (superheat operation)
→ Motor operated valve is opened
Optimal discharge pipe temperature - discharge pipe temperature >0°C (wet operation)
→ Motor operated valve is closed.
5.4.5 Abnormally High Discharge Pipe Temperature

If discharge pipe high temperature thermostat OFF or T2 (discharge pipe thermistor)
disconnection is determined 6 times or wet operation protection control is determined, operation
stops due to abnormal discharge pipe temperature.
Wet Operation Cooling : Discharge pipe temperature < outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature 15 minutes in
Protection succession
Control Heating : Discharge pipe temperature < indoor unit heat exchanger temperature 15 minutes in
succession
5.4.6 Discharge Pipe High Temperature Thermostat OFF Control

If discharge pipe temperature T2 remains above A°C for 100 seconds in succession, or above
B°C for 20 seconds in succession, the thermostat is turned OFF.
Model A B
R(Y)71·100LU 120°C 140°C
R(Y)125~160LU 123.5°C 135°C
5.4.7 T2 Disconnection Thermostat OFF Control

If the discharge pipe thermistor is determined to be disconnected from the piping 5 minutes after
the compressor starts, the thermostat is turned OFF.

5.4.8 Lack of Gas Malfunction

When the thermostat is turned OFF due to abnormally high discharge pipe temperature, lack of
gas malfunction occurs if the opening of the solenoid valve is 450 pulses or more. Operation
however does not stop due to lack of gas. Lack of gas malfunction can be checked by remote
controller inspection.
5.4.9 Emergency Operation

! No signal is transmitted between the indoor and outdoor units.
! Emergency operation is not possible if the control printed circuit board has a malfunction.
! Switches on the control printed circuit boards of both indoor and outdoor units are used for
an emergency operation.
The outdoor unit’s control printed circuit board is used for the changeover of the cooling/
heating mode.
! In heating operation, defrosting operation is activated once every hour.
Time Chart
Time chart
Power
Refer Section 5.4.4 for the detail
supply EV initializing
Motorized
valve
10 sec.
Fixed at ∑P= 170 pls.
Normally ON in heating
operation
Fully closed (except while in defrosting)
4-way valve
Normally OFF
in cooling operation
Compressor
H fixed
(except while in defrosting)
Outdoor unit fan
LPS mask Normally OFF
5.4.10 Simulated Operation Function

If the outdoor air thermistor and outdoor unit heat exchange thermistor are malfunctioning,
simulated operation is carried out while malfunction is displayed on the remote controller. (Stops
due to malfunction if the discharge pipe thermistor is defective.)
5.4.11 Cooling Start Control

The starting air flow volume is varied at a startup according to the outside air temperature (Ta)
condition to prevent a rise in the high pressure and a drop in the low pressure.
Outside Air Temperature (Ta) Air Flow Volume at Startup

Ta<3°C OFF at Startup
3°C≤Ta<23°C L Air Flow Volume
Ta≥23°C HH Air Flow Volume
∗1 : Opening of electronic expansion valve is fixed for up to 3 minutes.

∗2 : Units operate with the starting air flow volume for up to 3 minutes.

Outdoor Unit Fan

Tap
Fan Tap R(Y)71·100LU R(Y)125~160LU
(1 Fan) Upper Fan (MF1) Lower Fan (MF2)
OFF OFF OFF OFF
L L L L
H H H H
HH HH HH HH
5.4.12 High Pressure Protection Control in Cooling Operation

In the case of ! The thermostat turns OFF immediately before compressor internal protection device (relief
R (Y) 71·100LU valve) activation according to the outdoor heat exchanger temperature.
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger
temperature Thermostat control
(Tc)
Compressor internal
Differential 2
protection device
pressure 26.4kgf/cm (relief valve)Activation
64.5˚C
Thermostat OFF
after 90
ð "F6" malfunction
after 6th retry
continuous sec
In the case of ! The thermostat turns OFF immediately before HPS activation according to the outdoor unit
R(Y)125~160LU heat exchanger temperature (Tc) to prevent shutdown due to an error.
5.4.13 Standby Power Saving Control (H/P model only)

! In order to save standby power consumption during operation stop and prevent refrigerant
solution into compressor oil during crank case heater is turned OFF, the crank case heater is
controlled based on discharge pipe temperature.
ON
Crank Case
Heater (CH)
OFF
70ºC 75ºC
T2: Discharge Pipe Thermistor Temperature
(S1131)
! When the power switch is turned on (including when power is turned off on remote
controller), the crank case heater turns ON when T2 ≤ 70ºC.
! While the compressor is in operation, the crank case heater remains OFF.
! The following control activates when an abnormality occurs in the discharge pipe thermistor.
Compressor in non-operation → Crank case heater ON
Compressor in operation → Crank case heater OFF

5.4.14 Low Outside Temperature Control in Cooling Operation (Year-round

Cooling)
The air flow volume of an outdoor unit fan is reduced to prevent freezing of the indoor unit heat
exchangers due to a drop in the low pressure (LP) and indoor unit heat exchanger temperature
(Te).
After starting control ends, if the outdoor air temperature falls below (33.5 - 0.5 × room suction
temperature), the indoor unit fan speed is switched to “L.” The differential is 3°C.
Fan Control
For RY71, 100LU

When the outdoor air thermistor detects temperature of 40°C or higher or the heat exchanger
thermistor of outdoor unit detects 60°C or higher, fan tap becomes HH tap.
However, if the heat exchanger thermistor of outdoor unit detects 58°C or lower when the
outdoor air thermistor detects 38°C or lower, fan tap becomes H tap.
For RY125-160LU
When the heat exchanger thermistor of outdoor unit detects temperature of 60°C or higher, fan
tap becomes HH tap.
However, if it detects temperature of 58°C or lower, fan tap becomes H tap.
5.4.15 Fan Start Control in Heating Operation (H/P model only)
The starting air flow volume is varied as shown below according to the outside air temperature
condition.
Model *A
RY71·100LU H
RY125~160LU L
Fan Tap R (Y) 71·100 LU R (Y) 125~160 LU

(1 Fan) Upper Fan (MF1) Lower Fan (MF2)
OFF OFF OFF OFF
L L L L
H H H H
HH HH HH HH
! Units operate with the starting air flow volume for up to 5 minutes.
! When the outside air temperature is 10°C or lower, the air flow volume stays at H for the first
5 seconds if it is switched from OFF to L.
(Outdoor unit fan startup compensation control)
*LPS is not detected for 3 minutes after startup.

5.4.16 High Pressure Protection Control in Heating Operation (H/P model only)
In case of ! The thermostat turns OFF immediately before compressor internal protection device (relief
RY71·100LU valve) activation according to the indoor heat exchanger temperature.
Indoor unit heat

exchanger
temperature Thermostat control
(Tc)
Compressor internal
Differential 2
protection device
pressure 26.4kgf/cm (relief valve) Activation
62˚C
Thermostat OFF
after 90
ð "F6" malfunction
after 6th retry
continuous sec
In case of ! The thermostat turns OFF immediately before HPS activation according to the outdoor unit
RY125~160LU heat exchanger temperature (Tc) to prevent shutdown due to an error.
5.4.17 Outdoor Unit Fan Control (Heating Overload Frosting Prevention

Control) (H/P model only)
The air flow volume of an outdoor unit fan is varied in either one of the following three patterns
according to the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature (Tc).
In the Case of RY

Indoor unit heat exchanger temperature

(Tc)
62+CTc
∗ OFF OFF OFF
L L
57
H H
55
53
52
51
HH
48
46
L
Temp.Area Temp.Area Temp.Area
A B C
∗CTc RY71·100LU : 0˚C

RY125~160LU : +3 ~ –3˚C
5.4.18 Defrosting (H/P model only)

Defrost Starting ! Intelligent type
Conditions Defrosting starts when either condition 1 or 2 has been realized.
' Condition 1
! The compressor has been running for a total of 25 minutes or more since the start of heating
or since completion of previous defrosting.
! The compressor has been running continuously for 5 minutes or more.
! There is an overload but the outdoor unit fan is not OFF.
! Heating integral capacity is constant or diminishes (Notes 1), or integral operation hours is
more than 3 hours (Note 2).
! Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature < –3°C and
outdoor unit heat exchanger temp. ≤ 0.4 × outdoor air temp. –5°C (Note 3).
' Condition 2
! The compressor has been running for a total of 25 minutes or more since the start of heating
or since completion of previous defrosting.
! Outdoor unit heat exchange temperature < –13°C and
condition of outdoor unit heat exchanger temp. ≤ 0.4 × outdoor air temp. –15°C
is continued more than 5 minutes.
Note: 1. Heating integral capacity

Integral capacity is calculated by first totaled according to indoor unit data when heating, and
then dividing it by the compressor running time.
2. At the time of changeover switching, time can be changed 40 minutes or 3 hours.

3. At the time of changeover switching, defrosting start temperature becomes 4°C higher.

Control During heating, a defrosting request is made by the indoor unit when defrosting conditions have
been realized. The control method are as following.
In case of
RY71·100LU Defrost start Defrost complete
Outdoor unit
heat exchanger
temperature
ON
Compressor
OFF
ON
4 way valve
OFF
1 minute 1 minute
480pls
300pls
Electronic (Note7)
expansion valve 200pls
80pls
(Note4)
Fully close
(Note5)
ON
Outdoor unit fan OFF
(Note6)
ON
Indoor unit fan OFF
Pressure equalizing Pressure equalizing

2 minutes 2 minutes
In case of
RY125~160LU Defrost stait Defrost complete
Outdoor unit
heat exchanger
temperature
ON
Compressor OFF
ON
4 way valve OFF
480pls
300pls
Electronic (Note7)
expansion valve 200pls
80pls
(Note4)
Fully close
(Note5)
ON
Outdoor unit fan OFF
(Note6)
ON
Indoor unit fan OFF
Note: 4. Defrosting completion for electronic expansion valve.

Operated at best initial opening according to operating conditions at the start of defrosting.
5. Defrosting completion for outdoor unit fan
Operated at best fan tap according to operating conditions at the start of defrosting.

6. Indoor unit fan

Hot start standby is carried out until 40 seconds elapses (20 seconds elapses in case of
outdoor air temp. > 9°C and indoor air temp. > 24°C) from the time defrosting ends, or until
the indoor unit heat exchange temperature rises.
7. Electronic expansion valve operation during defrosting.
Once electronic expansion valve is opened *B, then it is adjusted optimum opening in
accordance with discharge pipe temperature during defrosting.
'In case of low discharge pipe temp. : Electronic expansion valve closes slightly.
'In case of high discharge pipe temp. : Electronic expansion valve opens fully.
Model *B
RY71·100LU 300pls
RY125~160LU 480pls (Fully open)
! Temperature conditions (Dip switch setting)

At the time of changeover switching
Evaporating temperature (˚C) with intelligent type
–15 –10 –5 0
5 Outdoor temperature(˚C)
–3
Defrosting permission range Factory setting with intelligent type
–5
4˚C UP –7
–9 At the time of changeover switching
–11 –13 with intelligent type
–15
–17 Factory setting with
–19 Defrosting request range intelligent type
4˚C UP
–21
! Defrost operation continues up to *C minutes.

And if one of the following conditions is met after defrosting function has been operating for one
minute or longer, the defrosting operation stops.
Model *C
RY71·100LU 5minutes
RY125~160LU 10minutes
Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature ≥ 10°C
Discharge pipe temperature > 120°C
! Hot start after defrosting operation

Fan Stop
<After defrost completion>
40 sec after defrost completion
& 20 sec after defrost completion in case ambient temp. > 9°C and indoor suction air temp.
OR > 24°C
Before heat exchanger temp. > 36°C
&
Heat exchanger temp. > 18°C in case of shaded area.
5.4.19 3-Minute Standby Function

For 3 minutes from compressor OFF, a restart is prohibited, even if the thermostat ON
conditions are met.

Si21-204
Part 8
Troubleshooting
1. Maintenance Inspections ....................................................................161
1.1 Optimal Operation Condition ................................................................161
2. How to Handle Request for Maintenance ...........................................164
2.1 Flow Chart ............................................................................................164
3. Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition................................165
3.1 Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition .................................165
3.2 Equipment does not Operate ...............................................................166
3.3 Fan Operates, but Compressor does not. ............................................167
3.4 Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but Stops Immediately. ...................168
3.5 After Equipment Shuts Down, It cannot be Restarted for a While........169
3.6 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Cooling. ............................171
3.7 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Heating. ............................173
3.8 Equipment Discharges White Mist .......................................................174
3.9 Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes........................................175
3.10 Equipment Discharges Dust.................................................................176
3.11 Remote Controller LCD Displays "88". .................................................177
4. Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller ............................178
4.1 The INSPECTION/TEST Button...........................................................178
4.2 Self-Diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller.........................................179
4.3 Fault Diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller...................................180
4.4 Remote Controller Display Malfunction Code and Contents ................182
5. Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by LED...................................................183
5.1 Troubleshooting by LED on The Indoor Unit’s .....................................183
5.2 Troubleshooting by LED on The Outdoor Unit’s PC Board ..................184
6. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display / LED Display............185
6.1 Explanation for Symbols.......................................................................185
6.2 Malfunction Code and LED Display Table............................................186
6.3 “A1” Failure of Indoor Unit PC Board ...................................................188
6.4 “A3” Malfunction of Drain Water Level System (Float Type) ................189
6.5 “A6” Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock ..........................................................191
6.6 “A7” Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock............................................192
6.7 “AF” Failure of Drain System................................................................193
6.8 “AJ” Failure of Capacity Setting............................................................194
6.9 “C4” Malfunction of Heat Exchange Temperature Sensor System ......195
6.10 “C9” Malfunction of Suction Air Temperature Sensor System..............196
6.11 “CJ” Malfunction of Remote Controller Air Thermistor .........................197
6.12 “E0” Actuation of Safety Device ...........................................................198
6.13 “E1” Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board.................................................200
6.14 “E3” High Pressure System (HPS) Malfunction....................................201
6.15 “E4” Low Pressure System (LPS) Malfunction .....................................203
6.16 “E6” Compressor Overcurrent ..............................................................204
6.17 “E9” Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve...................................206
6.18 “F3” Discharge Pipe Temperature Malfunction ....................................207
6.19 “F6” Abnormal Heat Exchanging Temperature ....................................208
Troubleshooting 159
Si21-204
6.20 “H3” Malfunction of High Pressure Switch............................................209

6.21 “H9” Malfunction of Outdoor Temperature Sensor System ..................210
6.22 “J2” Malfunction of Current Sensor System .........................................211
6.23 “J3” Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Temperature Sensor System .......212
6.24 “J6” Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Temperature Sensor System ......213
6.25 “PJ” Failure of Capacity Setting............................................................214
6.26 “U0” Short of Gas Malfunction..............................................................215
6.27 “U1” Reverse Phase.............................................................................216
6.28 “U4 or UF” Malfunction of Transmission
(Between Indoor and Outdoor Unit) .....................................................217
6.29 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission
(Between Indoor Unit and Remote Controller) .....................................220
6.30 “U8” Transmission Error Between Main Remote Controller and
Sub Remote Controller.........................................................................221
6.31 “UA” Failure of Field Setting Switch .....................................................222
160 Troubleshooting
Si21-204 Maintenance Inspections
1. Maintenance Inspections
1.1 Optimal Operation Condition
Guide Lines for The operation value guide lines when operating under standard conditions by pushing the test
Optimal run button on the remote controller are as given in the table below. RY71~160LU are used as
Operation example outdoor units in the table.
Condition Indoor Unit Fan: “H” Operation
High Low Discharge Suction Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit
Pressure Pressure Pipe Temperature Side: Side:
(Mpa) (Mpa) Temperature (°C) Differential Differential
(°C) Between Between
Suction Suction
Temperature Temperature
and and
Discharge Discharge
Temperature Temperature
(°C) (°C)
Cooling 50Hz 1.62~1.91 0.39~0.59 60~95 0~14 8~18 7~12
(16.5~19.5) (4.0~6.0)
60Hz 1.72~2.1 0.34~0.54 70~115 -2~10
(17.5~20.5) (3.5~5.5)
Heating 50Hz 1.42~1.86 0.29~0.44 55~95 -4~4 14~30 2~6
(14.5~19.0) (3.0~4.5)
60Hz 1.62~2.01 0.29~0.44 60~115 -6~2
(16.5~20.5) (3.0~4.5)
Note: Figures given inside parentheses are in unit of kg/cm²
Standard Conditions
Indoor Unit Conditions Outdoor Unit Conditions
Cooling Operation 27°C DB/19°C WB 35°C DB
Heating Operation 20°C DB 7°C DB/6°C WB
! During or after maintenance, when the power supply is turned back on, operation restarts
automatically by the “auto restart function.” Please exercise the proper caution.
Troubleshooting 161
Maintenance Inspections Si21-204
Correlation of Air- What happens in comparison to normal values is summarized in the table below.
Conditioner’s (Measured from 15 ~ 20 minutes or more after operation starts.)
Operation Status
and Pressure /
Running Current When Cooling
Air-Conditioner Status Low Pressure High Pressure Running Current
Air Filter Fouling Lower Lower Lower
Short Circuit of Indoor Unit Inlet/ Lower Lower Lower
Outlet Air
Outdoor Unit Fin Fouling Higher Higher Higher
Short Circuit of Outdoor Unit Inlet/ Higher Higher Higher
Outlet Air
Air Mixed in Refrigerant Higher Higher Higher
Water Mixed in Refrigerant ∗1 Lower Lower Lower
Dirt Mixed in Refrigerant ∗2 Lower Lower Lower
Lack of Refrigerant (Gas) Lower Lower Lower
Unsatisfactory Compression ∗3 Higher Lower Lower
When Heating
Air-Conditioner Status Low Pressure High Pressure Running Current
Air Filter Fouling Higher Higher Higher
Short Circuit of Indoor Unit Inlet/ Higher Higher Higher
Outlet Air
Outdoor Unit Fin Fouling Lower Lower Lower
Short Circuit of Outdoor Unit Inlet/ Lower Lower Lower
Outlet Air
Air Mixed in Refrigerant Higher Higher Higher
Water Mixed in Refrigerant ∗1 Lower Lower Lower
Dirt Mixed in Refrigerant ∗2 Lower Lower Lower
Lack of Refrigerant (Gas) Lower Lower Lower
Unsatisfactory Compression ∗3 Higher Lower Lower
Note: 1. ∗1. Water in the refrigerant freezes inside the capillary tube or expansion valve, and is
basically the same phenomenon as pump down.
2. ∗2. Dirt in the refrigerant clogs filters inside the piping, and is basically the same
phenomenon as pump down.
3. ∗3.Pressure differential between high and low pressure becomes slight.
162 Troubleshooting
Si21-204 Maintenance Inspections
Refrigerant
Saturation Curve
(kg/cm2) MPa R-22
20.4 2.0
15.3 1.5
Gauge Pressure
10.2 1.0
R22
5.1 0.5
0 0
--40 --20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C (S1142)
Troubleshooting 163
How to Handle Request for Maintenance Si21-204
2. How to Handle Request for Maintenance

2.1 Flow Chart
Find out the situation according to the following procedure when there is a request for service
from the customer.
Turn the power supply Ask for the character Refer to "Remote controller display
Wait until code of the malfunction
power failure switch ON or replace malfunction code and contents".
the fuse. code.
is over.
YES (1) The operation circuit fuse is
Units equipped with liquid disconnected or is making poor contact.
crystal remote controllers only (2) The operation swich is broken or its
YES YES Is the remote contact is defective.
controller's operation (3) The high pressure switch is broken.
Is there a NO The power supply switch is NO lamp blinking? NO
OFF or the switch's fuse is (4) The fan motor's magnetic switch is
Doesn't run at all power broken.
burnt. Units equipped with wireless
failure? remote controllers only (5) The fan motor's overcurrent relay is
Is the operation lamp of the being actuated or is broken.
indoor unit's signal receiving (6) The compressor's protective thermostat
section blinking? is broken.
(7) The electrical system insulation is
Ask for the character defective.
Nomal code of the malfunction (8) The compressor's magnetic switch's
code. contact is defective.
(9) The compressor is broken.
YES
Runs Units equipped with liquid
crystal remote controllers only
Is the remote
The fan comes on Set the remote Doesn't Heating controller's operation (10) Thermostat is broken.
controller's temperature run operation is NO lamp blinking? NO (11) The cool/heat selector is broken.
but the setting to: ON at the
compressor Machines equipped with (12) The operation switch is broken.
(1)When condition of wireless remote (13) The compressor's magnetic swich is
doesn't run. cooling:Minimum above 27˚C controllers only. broken.
(2)When outdoor
heating:Maximum temperature. Is the operation lamp of the
(14) Over-charged with refrigerant.
indoor unit's signal receiving
(15) Air is mixed inside the refrigerant
Ask for the character section blinking?
circuit.
code of the malfunction
(16) The pressure switch is broken.
code.
(17) The outdoor unit fan motor's magnetic
switch is broken.
YES
Units equipped with liquid (18) The outdoor unit fan motor's auxiliary
crystal remote controllers only relay is broken.
Is the remote
Cooling/Heating controller's operation (19) The outdoor unit's heat exchanger is
lamp blinking? NO Cooling
operation starts dirty.
but stops Units equipped with wireless (20) There is something blocking the
immediately. remote controllers only outdoor unit's air flow.
Is the operation lamp of (21) Malfunction of the outdoor unit's fan.
the indoor unit's signal
receiving section Heating (22) The indoor unit's air filter is dirty.
blinking? (23) The indoor unit's heat exhanger is
dirty.
(24) There is something blocking the indoor
Nomal unit's air flow.
(25) Malfunction of the indoor unit's fan.
Did you allow 3 minutes to YES
The unit won't run Try turning the elapse after turning ON? NO
again for a while Operation switch OFF (26) Compressor's protective themostat
Runs
and On. (27) The causes for the overcurrent relay
after stopping.
(for compressor) being actuated are:
(27)-1 Power supply voltage is lower than
prescribed.
(27)-2 High pressure is too high.
Operation is (27)-3 The power supply cord is too small.
normal. (27)-4 The compressor is broken.
(28) The causes for the compressor's
Is there something causing the
indoor load to be large, such as protective thermostat
an open window or door? (28)-1 Internal leak of the-4way valve
No substantial difference between
YES suction and discharge temperature.
The unit runs but Temperature NO (28)-2 Unsatisfactory compression from
doesn't cool the Measure the suction
/disharge temperature. differential is 8~18˚C the compressor
room. (28)-3 Defective refrigerant
(Temperature differential (28)-4 Malfunction of the expansion valve
=suction temperature - discharge temperature) (28)-5 Unsatisfactory refrigerant circulation
Operation is
normal.
Is there something causing the
indoor heat load to be large, such
as an open window or door?
YES
The units runs but Temperature NO
doesn't heat the Measure the suction
/discharge temperature. differential is 14~30˚C OK.We'll be right over.
room.
(Temperature differential
=discharge temperature - suction temperature)
(Maintenance required)
(S1143)
164 Troubleshooting
Si21-204 Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition
3. Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition

3.1 Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition
Equipment Condition Remedy
1 Equipment does not operate. See page 166
2 Fan operates, but compressor does not. See page 167
3 Cooling/heating operation starts but stops See page 168
immediately.
4 After equipment shuts down, it cannot be See page 169
restarted for a while.
5 Equipment operates but does not provide See page 171
cooling.
6 Equipment operates but does not provide See page 173
heating.
7 Equipment discharges white mist. See page 174
8 Equipment produces loud noise or shakes. See page 175
9 Equipment discharges dust. See page 176
10 Remote controller LCD displays “88.” See page 177
11 Equipment emits odor. Room smell and cigarette odors
accumulated inside the indoor unit are
discharged with air. Inside of the indoor unit
must be cleaned.
12 Flap operates when power is turned on. It is normal. The flap initializes for accurate
positioning.
13 Change of operation mode causes flap to It is normal. There is a control function that
move. moves the flap when operation mode is
changed.
14 Fan operates in “M” mode during heating It is normal. It is caused by the activation of
even if remote controller is set to “Low.” the overload control (airflow shift control).
15 Flap automatically moves during cooling. It is normal. It is caused by the activation of
the dew prevention function or ceiling
dirtiness reducing function.
16 Indoor unit fan operates in “L” mode for 1 It is normal. The monitoring function
minute in microcomputer-controlled dry forcibly operates the fan for one minute.
mode even if compressor is not operating.
17 In simultaneous ON/OFF multi-system It is normal. It is caused by a signal
setup, indoor unit (slave) does not operate transmission lag.
in sync with the other indoor unit (master).
(Flat, fan, etc.)
18 Indoor unit fan operates after heating It is normal. The fan operates in the “LL”
operation stops. mode for 60 to 100 seconds to dissipate the
residual heat in the heater.
19 Drain pump operates when equipment is It is normal. The drain pump continues to
not operating. operate for several minutes after
equipment is turned off.
20 Horizontal wing sends air to different It is normal. The airflow direction in
directions in cooling and heating even if it is cooling/dry operation is different from that
set to the same position. in heating/ventilation operation.
21 Flap remains horizontal even if it is set to It is normal. The flap does not swing in the
Swing. thermostat OFF mode.
Troubleshooting 165
Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition Si21-204
3.2 Equipment does not Operate

Applicable Model All models of Skyair series
Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Possible Causes ! Fuse blown or disorder of contact in operation circuit

! Faulty operation switch or contact point
! Faulty high pressure switch
! Faulty magnetic switch for fan motor
! Activation or fault of overcurrent relay for fan motor
! Faulty overcurrent relay for compressor
! Faulty compressor protection thermostat
! Insufficient insulation in electric system
! Faulty contact point of magnetic switch for compressor
! Malfunction of compressor
Troubleshooting
Is power
switch OFF or fuse YES
Turn on power switch or replace
for remote switch
blown? fuse.
NO
Is there YES
power outage? Wait until power returns.
NO
Is operation YES
switch pressed Normal. Equipment starts
repeatedly? operation 3 minutes later (3-min
Is operation standby).
NO lamp on LCD YES
Diagnose based on error code on
remote controller
remote controller.
flashing?
Is thermostat YES NO
changed and reset Normal. Equipment starts
again? operation 3 minutes later (3-min
NO standby).
Wireless
remote controller
Is operation lamp YES
Is outdoor on indoor unit signal Diagnose based on error code on
unit operating in NO receiving section remote controller.
individual operation flashing?
mode?
YES NO
Is
equipment in YES Possibly faulty electric
automatic Check electric system.
component
operation?
NO
Previous operation mode
Normal.
Does is still in effect.
remote
controller indicate
"other unit in cooling YES Not all units are in the
Normal. Set units to the same
operation" or "other same operation mode.
unit in heating operation mode.
operation"?
NO
(S1144)
166 Troubleshooting
3.3 Fan Operates, but Compressor does not.

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Possible Causes ! Faulty remote controller

! Faulty magnetic switch for compressor
Troubleshooting
Make the following
temperature setting using
remote controller.
(1) Cooling: Lowest setting
(2) Heating: Highest setting
YES
Does YES
equipment operate? Normal.
NO
Is heating
operation ON at the YES
condition of above 27˚C It is normal (Thermostat OFF by
outdoor high outdoor temperature.)
temperature?
NO
Is
operation lamp YES
on remote controller Diagnose based on error code on
flashing? remote controller.
NO
Is operation
lamp on indoor unit
located near wireless YES
remote controller signal
receiving section
flashing?
NO
Is outside
temperature above YES
Equipment cannot be operated in
allowed operating
this condition.
range?
NO
Possibly faulty electric
Check electric components.
components
(S1145)
Troubleshooting 167
3.4 Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but Stops

Immediately.
Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Possible Cause ! Excess charge of refrigerant

! Air intrudes into refrigerant system
! Faulty pressure switch
! Faulty magnetic switch for outdoor unit fan motor
! Faulty aux. relay for outdoor unit fan motor
! Soiled heat exchanger of outdoor unit
! There is an interfering item in air flow of outdoor unit
! Malfunction of outdoor unit fan
! Soiled air filter of indoor unit
! Soiled heat exchanger of indoor unit
! There is some interfering item in airflow of indoor unit
! Malfunction of indoor unit fan
Troubleshooting
Is the Is the
type of remote LC operation lamp of YES
controller LC or remote controller Diagnose based on the
wireless? flashing? error code on remote
controller
Wireless
Is the
operation lamp
of indoor unit photo- YES
sensing section
flashing?
[ Heating: Indoor unit

Cooling: Outdoor unit [
NO
Does the NO
Malfunction of fan
fan rotate?
motor
YES Check the magnetic
switch and aux. switch
for fan motor
Is the YES
filter soiled? Cleaning
NO
Is there any YES

item disturbing Remove the disturbing
airflow? item
NO
Is the heat YES

exchanger soiled? Cleaning of the heat
exchanger
NO
Possible causes as
follows: After vacuum drying,
* Refrigerant overcharge charge correct amount
* Mixing of air in of refrigerant
refrigerant system Check the pressure
* Faulty pressure switch switch
(S1146)
168 Troubleshooting
3.5 After Equipment Shuts Down, It cannot be Restarted for

a While.
Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Possible Cause ! Overcurrent relay (for compressor)

! Compressor protection thermostat
! Overcurrent relay may act due to the following reasons
Lower voltage of power supply
Excess level of high pressure
Insufficient capacity of power cable
Malfunction of compressor
! Compressor protection thermostat may act due to the following reasons
Internal leakage of four-way valve (There is no difference between inlet and outlet
temperature)
Insufficient compression of compressor
Incorrect refrigerant
Faulty expansion valve
Insufficient circulation of refrigerant
Troubleshooting 169
Troubleshooting
Turn the operation switch
ON and OFF, then wait at
ON side.
Does the unit YES

start operation after Normal. Unit is in 3-min standby
3 minutes? [Electric system] mode
Power
NO
supply voltage is NO
within ±10 % of specified Contact power company
voltage.
Is the
discharge side of NO Not so hot YES
compressor hot after Check compressor
unit operation
stop?
Is the size
YES of power cable NO
through total length Replace power cable
Check on the cause why correct?
overcurrent relay (for
compressor) or YES
compressor protection [Refrigerant circuit]
thermostat acted.
After vacuum drying,
charge correct amount of
refrigerant. Then, start
operation again.
Is
there any
temperature NO
difference between inlet Expansion valve malfunction
and outlet of
expansion
valve?
YES
Is there
any temperature
difference between NO
suction side and delivery Four-way valve malfunction
side offour-way
valve?
YES
Malfunction of Check compressor
compressor
(S1147)
170 Troubleshooting
3.6 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Cooling.

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Possible Cause ! Overcurrent relay (for compressor)

! Compressor protection thermostat
! Overcurrent relay may act due to the following reasons
Lower voltage of power supply
Excess level of high pressure
Insufficient capacity of power cable
Malfunction of compressor
! Compressor protection thermostat may act due to the following reasons
Internal leakage of four-way valve (There is no difference between inlet and outlet
temperature)
Insufficient compression of compressor
Incorrect refrigerant
Faulty expansion valve
Insufficient circulation of refrigerant
Troubleshooting 171
Troubleshooting
Measure the temperature of
suction air and discharge
air.
Temperature difference =
Suction air temp. –
Discharge air temp.
Temperature Does the YES

difference for cooling YES heat load increase
should be between after installation Normal.
8 and 18 ˚C. of the unit?
NO
NO
Possible causes as follows
* Incorrect selection of model Additional unit installation
* Affection of direct sun should be considered
Does
any frost
generate around Is the
inlet port of indoor unit YES operation current YES
heat exchanger or less than specified
outlet port of level?
expansion
valve? NO
NO
Gas shortage possibly
generates trouble.
After vacuum drying, charge
* Clogged air filter correct amount of refrigerant.
Does indoor YES
unit discharge flow * Soiled heat exchanger Check each section
rate down? * Malfunction of fan motor
NO
Is the * Refrigerant overcharge
level of high * Soiled heat exchanger
YES * Short circuit of discharge Check each item
pressure higher than
normal level? air
* Disturbing item in air flow
NO * Malfunction of fan motor of
outdoor unit
* Insufficient compression of
compressor
* Insufficient circulation of Check each item
refrigerant
* Faulty expansion valve (S1148)
172 Troubleshooting
3.7 Equipment Operates but does not Provide Heating.

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition

! Faulty pressure switch
! Faulty magnetic switch for outdoor unit fan motor
! Faulty aux. relay for outdoor unit fan motor
! Soiled heat exchanger of outdoor unit
! There is an interfering item in air flow of outdoor unit
! Malfunction of outdoor unit fan
! Soiled air filter of indoor unit
! Soiled heat exchanger of indoor unit
! There is some interfering item in airflow of indoor unit
! Malfunction of indoor unit fan
Troubleshooting
Is the unit YES Wait for a while.

in defrost mode?
No abnormality
NO
Measure the temperature
of suction air and
discharge air.
Temperature difference =
Suction air temp. –
Discharge air temp.
Temperature Does the

difference for heating YES heat load increase YES
should be between after installation No abnormality
14 and 30 ˚C. of the unit?
NO
NO
* Incorrect selection of
model Additional unit installation should
* Affection of sunlight be considered
Is the
operation current less YES Gas shortage possibly
generates trouble. After vacuum drying, charge
than specified
level? correct amount of refrigerant.
NO
Does indoor * Clogged air filter

YES Check each item
unit discharge air flow * Soiled heat exchanger
rate down? * Malfunction of fan motor
NO * Refrigerant overcharge
* Soiled heat exchanger
Is * Short circuit of
the level of YES
high pressure lower discharge air
* Disturbing item in air Check each item
than normal
level? flow
* Malfunction of fan motor
NO of outdoor unit
* Insufficient compression
of compressor
* Insufficient circulation of Check each item
refrigerant
* Faulty expansion valve
(S1149)
Troubleshooting 173
3.8 Equipment Discharges White Mist

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Possible Cause ! Humid installation site

! Installation site is dirty and with dense oil mists.
! Soiled heat exchanger
! Clogged air filter
! Malfunction of fan motor
Troubleshooting
Is the
room temperature YES
higher than set value in Continue unit operation.
cooling
operation?
NO Is white fog NO
coming out from Normal
the unit?
YES
It may be necessary to
remove the source of Remove the source of humid
humid condition. condition.
Is the heat
YES
exchanger of indoor Cleaning of heat exchanger is
unit soiled? necessary.
NO
Is the site YES Dust or oil mists should

dusty or with dense be removed. Remove the source of oil mist or
oil mist? dust.
NO

Is the airflow YES
* Clogged air filter Cleaning of air filter
rate too small? * Malfunction of fan motor Check fan motor
NO
Did the trouble generate

on switching to heating
Normal
mode after complete of
(Fog is generated due to
defrosting during heating?
defrosting operation)
(S1150)
174 Troubleshooting
3.9 Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition

! Flushing noise due to refrigerant shortage. (Sound of shoo...)
Troubleshooting
Does the [Installation work side]

noise generate with YES
vibration of whole Correction of installation
ceilings and Reinforcement for ceilings or
walls?
NO
Does the
noise generate YES
with vibration of Insert shock absorber in
unit mounting mounting section, or strengthen
section? the mounting section.
Continuous YES
NO slight noise of "shoo....." Normal. The sound is flushing
during cooling or noise of gas (refrigerant) inside
defrosting
air conditioning unit
Is the NO NO
piping secured? Insert cushion materials to the
pipe support such as saddle.
Sound
of "shoo..."
[Power supply side] YES generates just after YES
operation start or stop, Normal. The noise is a sound
or defrosting start generated at the time of gas
or stop.
Does the fan YES NO
contact with other Disassemble and remove parts
parts? contact.
Sound
of "shoo..." generates YES
NO during cooling or after Normal. Operation sound of
operation draining device
stop.
Does the NO
YES
pipe contact with Correct piping manually or attach
casing? a dead weight to pipe
Creak
during heating YES
NO Normal. Creak generates by
and after operation
stop shrinkage of resin parts due to
Is temperature change.
the noise
flushing sound from YES NO
pressure reducing Normal.
valve or capillary * Excess charge of
tube? refrigerant
* Air intrudes into
NO refrigerant system After vacuum drying, charge
* Flushing noise due to correct amount of refrigerant.
refrigerant shortage.
(Sound of shoo...) (S1151)
Troubleshooting 175
3.10 Equipment Discharges Dust.

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Possible Cause ! Carpet spread room

! Animal's hair
Troubleshooting
Does
the trouble
generate at the
time of operation start YES
Dust collected inside the indoor
again after extended
unit are blown out.
period of
operation? Cleaning for inside of indoor unit
is necessary.
NO
Is air filter YES

Dust collected inside the indoor
equipped?
unit are blown out.
Cleaning for inside of indoor unit
is necessary.
NO
Install air filter.
(S1152)
176 Troubleshooting
3.11 Remote Controller LCD Displays "88".

Error Detection
Method
Error Generating
Condition
Possible Cause
Troubleshooting
Trouble
generates just after YES
The unit is checking to confirm
power supply ON that remote controller is normal.
Indication appears for short time.
NO
Is the
position of (SS 1) YES
on indoor unit PCB at Turn the switch to "Ordinary", and
"Emergency"? reset power supply.
NO
Check the unit based on

indoor unit LED and
outdoor unit LED.
(Trouble Shooting)
(S1153)
Troubleshooting 177
Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller Si21-204
4. Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote

Controller
4.1 The INSPECTION/TEST Button
Explanation By turning the remote controller’s inspection /test button ON, you can change the mode as
shown in the figure below.
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button

for more than 4 seconds.
Indoor unit settings can be made Service data can be obtained.
• Filter sign time
Local • Malfunciton code history
setting Service
• Air flow direction mode • Temperature data of various sections
• Others mode Service settings can be made.
• Forced fan ON
• Air flow direction/volume setting
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
for more than 4 seconds.
Normal
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
Press Inspection/Test Operation
Or after 30 minutes
button once.
After 10 seconds
Following codes can be checked.

• Malfunction codes Test
• Indoor model code Inspection operation Thermostat is forcibly turned on.
• Outdoor model code mode mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation

(V0815)
button once.
! When in the inspection mode, malfunction contents can be cleared by continuing to press
the ON/OFF button for 5 seconds.
(Let you know completion timing by blinking.)
! To carry out a test run, follow the procedure below.
1. Open the gas side stop valve all the way.
2. Open the liquid side stop valve all the way.
3. Energize the crank case heater for 6 hours.
4. Enter the test run mode.
5. Continue to operate by the operation switch for 3 minutes.
6. Enter the normal mode.
7. Check the functions according to the operation manual.
178 Troubleshooting
Si21-204 Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller
4.2 Self-Diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller

Explanation If operation stops due to malfunction, the remote controller’s operation LED blinks, and
malfunction code is displayed. (Even if stop operation is carried out, malfunction contents are
displayed when the inspection mode is entered.) The malfunction code enables you to tell what
kind of malfunction caused operation to stop. See page 182 for malfunction code and
malfunction contents.
<New Remote Controller> BRC1C61
Troubleshooting 179
4.3 Fault Diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller

If equipment stops due to a malfunction, the operation indicating LED on the light reception
section flashes.
The malfunction code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The
malfunction code is displayed when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the
malfunction code of the last problem is displayed.)
Procedure 1. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select “Inspection.”

The equipment enters the inspection mode. The “Unit” indication lights and the Unit No.
display shows flashing “0” indication.
2. Set the Unit No.
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the buzzer (*1) is
generated from the indoor unit.
∗1 Number of beeps
3 short beeps : Conduct all of the following operations.
1 short beep : Conduct steps 3 and 4.
Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON. The continuous buzzer
indicates that the malfunction code is confirmed.
Continuous beep : No abnormality.
3. Press the MODE selector button.
The left “0” (upper digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
4. Malfunction code upper digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code upper digit until the
malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
! The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
∗2 Number of beeps
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits matched.(Malfunction code confirmed)
2 short beeps: Upper digit matched.
1 short beep : Lower digit matched.
5. Press the MODE selector button.
The right “0” (lower digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
6. Malfunction code lower digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code lower digit until the
continuous malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
! The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
180 Troubleshooting
Si21-204 Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Remote Controller
Troubleshooting 181
4.4 Remote Controller Display Malfunction Code and

Contents
Malfunction Code Contents/Processing Remarks
A1 Failure of PC board ass’y for indoor unit
A3 Malfunction of water level system
A6 Indoor unit fan motor overload / overcurrent / lock
A7 Swing flap motor lock Only Air flow direction adjustment cannot be set.
AF Malfunction of water level system Float switch is OFF during indoor unit stops.
AJ Failure of capacity setting Either capacity data is set incorrectly, or capacity
has not been set for the data IC
C4 Malfunction of heat exchanger temperature
sensor system
C9 Malfunction of suction air temperature sensor
system
CJ Malfunction of remote control temperature The remote controller thermistor does not
sensor system function, but the system thermostat operation is
possible.
E0 Actuation of safety device (outdoor unit)
E1 Outdoor P.C. board malfunction
E3 High pressure malfunction (outdoor unit)
E4 Low pressure malfunction (outdoor unit)
E6 Compressor overcurrent
E9 Malfunction of electronic expansion valve
(outdoor unit)
F3 Discharge pipe temperature malfunction
(outdoor unit)
F6 Heat exchanger temperature abnormal
H3 Failure of high pressure switch (outdoor unit)
H9 Malfunction of outdoor air temperature sensor (Note 1)
system (outdoor unit)
J2 Malfunction of current sensor system
J3 Malfunction of discharge pipe temperature
sensor system (outdoor unit)
J6 Malfunction of heat exchanger temperature (Note 1)
sensor system (outdoor unit)
PJ Failure of capacity setting (outdoor unit) Either capacity data is set incorrectly, or capacity
has not been set for the data IC
U0 Malfunction of suction pipe temperature
U1 Reverse phase Switch R.S.T. of the 3-phase power supply.
U4 or UF Failure of transmission (between indoor and Wrong wiring between indoor and outdoor units
outdoor unit) or malfunction of the PC board mounted on the
indoor and the outdoor units.
If UF is shown, the wiring between the indoor and
outdoor units is not properly wired. Therefore,
immediately disconnect the power supply and
correct the wiring. (The compressor and the fan
mounted on the outdoor unit may start operation
independent of the remote controller operation.)
U5 Failure of transmission (between indoor unit and Transmission between indoor and remote
remote controller) controller is not being correctly carried out.
U8 Failure of transmission (between “main” and Transmission between “main” and “sub” remote
“sub” remote controller controller is not being correctly carried out.
UA Failure of field setting System setting mistake for Twin system.
UC Address duplication of central remote controller
! In the case of the shaded error codes, “inspection” is not displayed. The system operates,
but be sure to inspect and repair it.
Note 1: Operation when a malfunction occurs may differ according to the model.
182 Troubleshooting
Si21-204 Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by LED
5. Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by LED

5.1 Troubleshooting by LED on The Indoor Unit’s
Foreword Troubleshooting can be carried out by service monitor LED (green). (Blinks when normal)
4 : LED on 3 : LED off 5 : LED blinks — : No connection with troubleshooting
Microcomputer Transmission Details
Normal Monitor Normal Monitor
HAP (H1P) HBP (H2P)
5 5 Indoor unit is normal → Diagnose the outdoor unit
5 4 Malfunction of indoor unit PC board assembly or

miswiring between indoor and outdoor unit
3 If the outdoor unit LED-A does not light, diagnose the
outdoor unit. If it flashes, it is due to either miswiring or
malfunction of the indoor unit PC board assembly.
(NOTE 1)
4 — Malfunction of the indoor unit PC board (NOTE 2)
3 Abnormal power supply, malfunction of PC board

assembly or disconnection between the indoor and
outdoor units (NOTE 2)
Note: 1. If LED-B is off, the transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit may be incorrect or
disconnected. Before performing the previously described troubleshooting, check the
transmission wiring.
2. Troubleshoot by turning off the power supply for a minimum of 5 seconds, turning it back on,
and then rechecking the LED display.
Troubleshooting 183
Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by LED Si21-204
5.2 Troubleshooting by LED on The Outdoor Unit’s PC

Board
With the power on, following trouble shooting is possible with the LEDs for service monitor of
the outdoor unit.
4 : LED on 3 : LED off 5 : LED flashing — Not related with the trouble shooting
Microcomputer
monitor Flashing pattern Descriptions
HAP (green)
5 40.4s←→30.4s Outdoor unit normal (Also check the indoor unit HAP.)
5 40.4s←→30.8s Outdoor unit trouble
4 — Outdoor A1P (PCB) defective (Note 1)
Trouble in power, or outdoor
3 — A1P (PCB) defective (Notes 1 and 2)
Note: 1. Cut off the power, turn it on again in five seconds or more, see if the HAP light up, and check
for the trouble.
2. If the outdoor unit’s HAP starts flashing when the power is turned on after the field wire (2) is
removed with the power off for 5 seconds or more, the indoor unit’s A1P (PCB) or T1R is
defective.
3. The service monitor keeps displaying trouble history as long as the power is on. Turn off the
power after inspection.
General 1. When disconnecting the fasten terminal from the PC board, hold down the PC board with
Precautions your finger and do not apply excessive force. Also, do not hold the neck of the fasten
When Performing terminal and pull the lead wire.
Maintenance 2. Do not use a mega tester on the secondary side (transformer secondary side) of the
electronic circuitry.
3. Even when not energized, beware of static electricity when touching parts or pattern. (If
handling PC board when dry [winter], be sure to discharge the electrostatic charge by
grounding. Do not touch any other grounded metal parts with your fingers.)
184 Troubleshooting
Si21-204 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display / LED Display
6. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display /

LED Display
6.1 Explanation for Symbols
5 : Blinks 4 : On 3 : Off — : No connection with troubleshooting
( : High probability of malfunction

" : Possibility of malfunction
) : Low probability of malfunction
— : No possibility of malfunction (do not replace)
Troubleshooting 185
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display / LED Display Si21-204
6.2 Malfunction Code and LED Display Table

Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of
Malfunctions LED Display Controller Malfunction
Note 2 Display (Reference
Page)
H1P H2P Other PC Board
(HAP) (HBP) than PC Remote
Board Outdoor Indoor
Unit Unit Controller
5 5 *Note 1 — — — — Normal → to outdoor unit —
5 4 A1 — — " — Failure of indoor unit PC 188

board (For troubleshooting
5 3 by LED, refer to p.183.)
4 —
3 —
5 5 A3 ( — — — Malfunction of drain water 189

level system
5 5 A6 ( — ) — Indoor unit fan motor 191
overload/ overcurrent/lock
5 5 A7 ( — ) — Swing flap motor 192
malfunction / lock
5 5 AF ( — " — Failure of drain system 193
5 5 AJ ( — " — Failure of capacity setting 194
5 5 C4 ( — ) — Malfunction of heat 195

exchange temperature
sensor system
5 5 C9 ( — ) — Malfunction of suction air 196
temperature sensor system
5 5 CJ ( — " — Malfunction of remote 197
controller air thermistor
186 Troubleshooting
Outdoor Unit
Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of
Display (Reference
HAP Other PC Board Page)
than PC Remote
Board Outdoor Indoor Controller
Unit Unit
5 Note 1∗ — — — — Normal → to indoor unit —
5 E0 ( ) — — Actuation of safety device 198
4 Note 1∗ — " — — Failure of outdoor unit PC board —
3 Note 1∗ — " — — Malfunction of power supply or —

failure of outdoor unit PC board
5 E1 — " — — Outdoor P.C. board 200
malfunction
5 E3 ( — — — High pressure system (HPS) 201
malfunction
5 E4 ( — — — Low pressure system (LPS) 203
malfunction
5 E6 ( ) — — Compressor Overcurrent 204
E9 ( ) — — Malfunction of electronic 206
5 expansion valve
5 F3 ( ) — — Discharge pipe temperature 207
malfunction
5 F6 ( — — — Malfunction of heat exchanger 208
temperature
5 H3 ( ) — — Failure of high pressure switch 209
5 H9 ( ) — — Malfunction of outdoor air 210

5 J2 — " — — Malfunction of current sensor 211
system
5 J3 ( ) — — Malfunction of discharge pipe 212
5 J6 ( ) — — Malfunction of heat exchanger 213
5 PJ ( ) — — Failure of capacity setting 214
Note: 1. The asterisk (∗) indicates variety of circumstances.
System
System Outdoor Unit Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of
Display (Reference
HAP Other PC Board Page)
than PC Outdoor Indoor Remote
Board Unit Unit Controller
— U0 ( — — — Short of gas malfunction 215
5 U1 ( ) — — Reverse phase 216
— U4 ( " " — Malfunction of transmission 217
or UF (between indoor and outdoor
unit)
— U5 ( — " " Malfunction of transmission 220
(between indoor unit and
remote controller)
— U8 ( — " " Transmission error between 221
“main” remote controller and
“sub” remote controller
— UA ( — " — Failure of field setting switch 222
Troubleshooting 187
6.3 “A1” Failure of Indoor Unit PC Board

Remote A1
Controller
Display
Applicable All indoor unit models

Models
Method of Check data from E²PROM.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM
Decision E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
Conditions supply is turned off.
Supposed ! Failure of PC board

Causes
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
Caution or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn the power
supply off once and
then back on.
YES
Normal reset? Could be outside cause (noise, etc.)
other than malfunction
NO
Indoor unit PC board replacement
(S1160)
188 Troubleshooting
6.4 “A3” Malfunction of Drain Water Level System (Float

Type)
Remote A3
Controller
Display
Applicable FHYC, FHYK, FHYB, FHY, FAY, FUY

Models
Method of By float switch OFF detection

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of drain pump

Causes ! Improper drain piping work
! Drain piping clogging
! Failure of float switch
! Failure of indoor unit PC board
! Failure of short-circuit connector
Troubleshooting 189
Troubleshooting
Corner or built-in If “A3” is detected by a PC board

type? which is not mounted with X15A, the
YES PC board is defective.
NO
Is
the short-
Is drain NO circuit connector
raising mechanism connected to X15A on NO Short-circuit
connected? the indoor unit connector
PC board?
connection
YES YES
Continuity check of
short-circuit connector
Is there NO Short-circuit
continuity? connector
replacement
Is a drain YES
pump connected NO Indoor unit PC board replacement
to the indoor unit Connect drain pump
PC board?
YES
Does the Is the

drain pump turn YES drainwater level YES
after restarting Malfuncton of drain system
abnormally
operation? high?
NO
NO
Is the float NO
switch connected to Froat switch connection
X15A?
Set to “emergency”
and check the voltage YES
of X25A.
Remove the float switch
from X15A, short-circuit
X15A, and restart operation.
Does
display of NO
malfunction “A3” Float switch replacement
appear?
YES Indoor unit PC board replacement
YES
220-240 VAC? Drain pump replacement
NO Indoor unit PC board replacement (S1161)
190 Troubleshooting
6.5 “A6” Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock

Remote A6
Controller
Display
Applicable FHY, FAY

Models
Method of Detection by failure of signal for detecting number of turns to come from the fan motor
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When number of turns can’t be detected even when output voltage to the fan is maximum
Decision
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of indoor unit fan motor

Causes ! Broken or disconnected wire
! Failure of contact
Troubleshooting
Are
X20A and NO
X26A properly Connect correctly.
connected?
YES
With
X26A
unplugged
and the power supply NO
turned on, is there about Indoor unit PC board
12 VDC between replacement
pins 1 and 3
of X26A?
YES
Check indoor unit fan motor
and motor wiring.
(S1162)
Troubleshooting 191
6.6 “A7” Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock

Remote A7
Controller
Display
Applicable FHYC, FHYK, FHY, FAY, FVY, FUY

Models
Method of Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When ON/OFF of the microswitch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing flap
Decision motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of motor

Causes ! Failure of microswitch
! Failure of connector connection
Troubleshooting
Are the
connectors
correctly connected NO
Connect correctly.
to X29A and X14A
on the PC
board?
YES
Is the limit
switch's transfer NO
connector correctly Connect correctly.
connected?
YES
Turn the power supply
off once and back on,
and check whether the
swing flap motor swings
when the power supply
is turned back on.
Disconnect X14A, turn
the power supply off
once and back on, and
Does the swing YES check if the limit switch
flap motor swing? has continuity when the
power supply is turned
back on.
NO
off once and back on, Does
and measure the output continuity/no YES
voltage of connector continuity
X29A when the power reverse?
supply is turned back
on.
NO
NO
220-240 VAC? Replace the indoor unit P.C.B.
YES
Replace the swing flap motor.
(S1163)
192 Troubleshooting
6.7 “AF” Failure of Drain System

Remote AF
Controller
Display
Applicable FHYC, FHYB, FHY, FUY, FHYK

Models
Method of Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is in
Malfunction non-operation.
Detection
Malfunction When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non-operation.
Decision
Conditions
Supposed ! Error in drain pipe installation

Causes ! Faulty float switch
! Faulty indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Are float
switch and drain pipe Possible failure of float switch.
normal? Check to see if drain-up height
and horizontal pipe length
exceed specifications.
Is water
drainage system Clogged drain water discharge
normal? system
Clogged drain pump
∗In FHY and FAY problems can also Faulty float switch
occur in the optional drain-up kit. Replace indoor unit PCB.
Check to see if drain-up height
and horizontal pipe length
Is drain-up
kit installed? Check jumper connector
X15A.
Is drain pump Check drain pump and drain

normal? pipe.
Is
amount
of circulated drain
water excessive after Check water drainage system.
pump stops Check to see if drain-up height
operation? and horizontal pipe length
Does
drain water
flow in reverse during Faulty trap in water drainage
nonoperation? system
Replace indoor unit PCB.
(S1164)
Troubleshooting 193
6.8 “AJ” Failure of Capacity Setting

Remote AJ
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adaptor and the memory
Malfunction inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PC board, and whether the value is normal or abnormal
Detection is determined.
Malfunction Operation and:

Decision (1)When the capacity code is not contained in the PC board’s memory, and the capacity setting
Conditions adaptor is not connected.
(2)When a capacity that doesn’t exist for that unit is set.
Supposed ! Failure of capacity setting adaptor connection

Causes ! Failure of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Is
the capacity
setting adaptor plugged NO
Plug a capacitor setting
into X23A of the adaptor that matches the
indoor unit PC
board? capacity of the unit into X23A.
(See note)
YES
Turn the power supply off

once and back on.
Is AJ YES
displayed on the remote Indoor unit PC board
controller? replacement
NO
Could be outside cause (noise,

etc.) other than malfunction.
(S1165)
Note: Capacity is factory set in the data IC on the PC board. A capacity setting adaptor that matches
the capacity of the unit is required in the following case.
If the indoor PC board installed at the factory is for some reason changed at the installation site,
the capacity will not be contained in the replacement PC board.
If you connect a capacity setting adaptor to a PC board in which the capacity is memorized, the
capacity setting for the PC board will become the capacity setting of the adaptor. (Priority of
capacity setting adaptor)
194 Troubleshooting
6.9 “C4” Malfunction of Heat Exchange Temperature Sensor

System
Remote C4
Controller
Display

Models
Method of Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger sensor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shortcircuited while the unit is
Decision running.
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of the sensor itself

! Failure of electronic circuitry (indoor unit PC board)
! Failure of connector contact
Troubleshooting
Disconnect the heat

exchange sensor
(R2T) from X18A on
the indoor unit PC
board and measure
the resistance.
Is
the thermistor NO
normal? Heat exchanger senser
(See note) replacement
YES
If contact is OK, replace

outdoor unit PC board.
(S1166)
Note: Measure the resistance while referring to the thermistor temperature and resistance conversion
table, p.134.
Troubleshooting 195
6.10 “C9” Malfunction of Suction Air Temperature Sensor

System
Remote C9
Controller
Display
Applicable AII indoor unit models

Models
Method of Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature sensor.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the suction air temperature sensor’s thermistor becomes disconnected or shortcircuited
Decision while the unit is running.
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of the sensor itself

! Failure of connector contact
Troubleshooting
Disconnect the suction
air temperature sensor
(R1T) from X19A on
the indoor unit PC
board and measure
the resistance.
Is
the thermistor NO
normal? Suction air temperature sensor
YES
If contact is OK.
replace outdoor unit PC board.
(S1167)
table, p.134.
196 Troubleshooting
6.11 “CJ” Malfunction of Remote Controller Air Thermistor

Remote CJ
Controller
Display
Applicable FHY-B, FHYC-K, FUY-F, FAY-FA

Models
Method of Even if remote controller thermistor is faulty, system is possible to operate by system thermistor.
Malfunction Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by remote controller thermistor.
Detection
Malfunction When the remote controller thermistor becomes disconnected or shortcircuited while the unit is
Decision running.
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of sensor itself

Causes ! Broken wire
Troubleshooting

off once and then
back on
Is CJ
displayed on the YES
remote Replace remote controller.
controller?
NO
Could be outside cause

(noise,etc.) other than
malfunction (S1168)
Troubleshooting 197
6.12 “E0” Actuation of Safety Device

Remote E0
Controller
Display
Applicable Model R(Y)
Method of Actuation of each safety device is detected with safety device input circuit.
Malfunction (Unified detection of actuation of each safety device)
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Possible Causes ! Faulty input connection of safety device

! Faulty harness of safety device
! Closed stop valve
! Clogged refrigerant piping system
! Actuation of internal safety device of compressor
(Only on R(Y)71 and 100)
! Faulty compressor
198 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Check for the installation

conditions.
Is the
safety device's
lead wire correctly NO
connected to the outdoor Connect correctly.
unit PC ∗Note 1
board?*1
YES
Locate safety device
having no continuity.
49F Fan motor coil

49F1 temperature is abnormally
49F2 high.
Remove obstructions around the fan
Does the fan rotate properly? for its proper rotation or replace the
fan and others.
Has draft passage been Provide a draft passage.
provided?
In the event there is no continuity
between 49F terminals, replace the
fan motor.
Compressor
(Terminal An overcurrent has occurred
section) on the compressor.
Is the stop valve fully open? Open the stop valve
Is the refrigerant piping Replace the clogged parts.
system clogged?
Is refrigerant charged to the Charge a specified amount of
proper level? refrigerant.
Is the power supply proper? Provide proper power supply.
(e.g. voltage and lack of phase)
Is the compressor Replace the compressor.
malfunctioning? ∗Note 2 (Check for insulation in pump-down
state.)
(S2736)
Note: 1. In the case of R(Y)71, or 100, make sure the short-circuiting connector of X12A is correctly
mounted.
2. R(Y)71, and 100LU, are provided with a safety device for malfunctions in the compressor.
If the compressor malfunctions due to closed stop valve or shortage of gas, this safety
device may be actuated.
In this case, the compressor cannot restart and its terminal section has no continuity until the
internal temperature of the compressor falls and the safety device is reset. (The temperature
will fall in a couple of ten minutes to a couple of hours.)
Troubleshooting 199
6.13 “E1” Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board

Remote E1
Controller
Display
Method of A microcomputer checks whether or not E2PROM is normal.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction The E2PROM is malfunctioning when the power supply is turned on.
Decision
Conditions
Possible Causes ! Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting

off once and then
back on.
YES
Reset normally? Could result from external
cause (e.g. noise) other than
NO malfunction.
Replace the control PC board.

(P145)
200 Troubleshooting
6.14 “E3” High Pressure System (HPS) Malfunction

Remote E3
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Method of Continuity of the high pressure switch is detected by the safety device circuitry.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction Case where high pressure switch is actuated when the compressor is operating
Decision
Conditions
Supposed <Causes related to PC board>

Causes ! Failure of high pressure switch
! High pressure switch’s harness is broken or disconnected
! Failure of high pressure switch’s connector connection
! Failure of outdoor unit PC board
<Causes related to product as a whole>
! Indoor unit air filter is clogged
! Outdoor heat exchanger dirty
! Outdoor fan malfunction
! Refrigerant overcharged
! Stop valves remained to close
Troubleshooting 201
Troubleshooting
Check the installation

condition
Is the stop NO
valve opened? Open the stop valves.
YES
Are
HPS's
for control and
safety connected to the NO
Connect correctly
outdoor unit PC
board?
(See note)
YES
Turn off the power supply

and check the following
after letting the
compressor rest for 10
minutes.
Do
the HPS's
for control and NO
Replace HPS without continuity.
safety have
continuity?
YES
Is
high pressure YES
during operation Malfunction of refrigerant piping
abnormally circuit
high?
NO
Reset remote controller

and operate again.
Display"H3" Yes
malfunction code. Replace high pressure switch
(S1PH)
NO
Replace outdoor unit PC board.
(S1170)
Note: Some models are not equipped with an HPS for control or safety.
202 Troubleshooting
6.15 “E4” Low Pressure System (LPS) Malfunction

Remote E4
Controller Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Method of Continuity of the low pressure switch is detected by the safety device circuitry.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction Case where low pressure switch is actuated when the compressor is operating
Decision Conditions
Supposed <Causes related to PC board>

Causes ! Failure of low pressure switch
! Low pressure switch’s harness is broken or disconnected
! Failure of low pressure switch’s connector connection
<Causes related to product as a whole>
! Malfunction of refrigerant piping circuit
! Stop valve is left in close
Troubleshooting
Check the installation
condition
Is the stop NO
valve opened? Open the stop valves.
YES
Is
LPS for
NO
safety connected to the Connect correctly
outdoor unit PC
board?
YES
Turn off the power supply

and check the following
after letting the
compressor rest for 2 or 3
minutes.
Does
the LPS for NO
safety have Replace HPS without continuity.
continuity?
YES
Is low
pressure during YES
operation abnormally Malfunction of refrigerant piping
low? circuit
NO
Replace outdoor unit PC board.

(S1171)
Troubleshooting 203
6.16 “E6” Compressor Overcurrent

Remote E6
Controller
Display
Method of The input current value is detected with a current sensor.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the compressor input current exceeds the specified input current value.
Decision ∗Refer “Approximate Input current value” on next page.
Conditions
Possible Causes ! High pressure increased too high

! Voltage drop
! Failure to open the stop valve
! Faulty compressor (compressor lock)
204 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting

conditions.
Is the stop NO
valve open? Open the stop valve.
YES
Check No. 5 YES

High pressure is Correct the high pressure.
too high.
NO
Check for the power
supply voltage.
The voltage YES

has dropped. Correct the power supply.
NO
Spare
PC board is
installed using a
adapter not suitable YES
for the applicable Connect an adapter suitable for
model. [See the applicable model.
(Note)
below.]
NO
Check for the compressor.
(P149)
Note: For details, refer to information in Section "Failure of PJ Capacity Setting".
∗Approximate Input current value

Input current value
R71LUVAL 25.30
R(Y)71LUV1 25.30
R(Y)71LUY1 8.63
R100LUVAL 29.90
R(Y)100LUV1 29.90
R(Y)100LUY1 11.50
R125LUTAL 25.30
R125LUYAL 14.95
R(Y)125LUY1 14.95
R(Y)140LUTAL 32.20
R(Y)140LUYAL 17.25
R(Y)140LUY1 17.25
RY160LUY1 17.25
Troubleshooting 205
6.17 “E9” Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve

Remote E9
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Method of With electronic expansion valve malfunction detection, coil current is detected and open and
Malfunction short circuits are detected.
Detection
Malfunction Malfunction is determined by the following condition.

Decision There is no common power supply when the power is ON.
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of electronic expansion valve

Causes ! Electronic expansion valve’s harness is broken or disconnected.
! Failure of electronic expansion valve’s connector connection
! Outside cause (noise, etc.)
Troubleshooting
Turn the power

supply off once and
then back on.
YES
Normal reset? Could be outside cause (noise,
etc.) other than malfunction.
NO
Is the
electronic
expansion
valve coil connected NO Connect it correctly.
to outdoor unit
P.C.
board?
YES Is
resistance
of electronic NO
expansion valve's Failure of electronic expansion
coil normal? valve
(40-50Ω)
YES
Outdor unit PC board replacement
(S1172)
Note: Measure the resistance between each pin of connector and make sure that the resistance
ranges between 40 and 50Ω.
1 White
2 Yellow
3 Orange Measuring pins
2(YLW) - 5(BRN)
4 Blue
4(BLU) - 5(BRN)
5 Brown 1(WHT) - 6(RED)
6 Red 3(ORG) - 6(RED)
206 Troubleshooting
6.18 “F3” Discharge Pipe Temperature Malfunction

Remote F3
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Method of Malfunction is detected according to temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature

Malfunction sensor.
Detection
Malfunction ! When discharge pipe temperature becomes abnormally high

Decision ! When discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly
Conditions ! When the discharge pipe sensor comes out of its installed position
Supposed ! Improper amount of refrigerant

Causes ! Refrigerant piping circuit clogging
! Discharge pipe temperature sensor comes off the discharge pipe port
! Electronic expansion valve coil is disconnected from valve body
! Compressor lead wire has lack of phase
Troubleshooting
Has the
sensor come off the NO
discharge pipe port? Correctly place the sensor in
the discharge pipe port.
YES
Has the
compressor lead YES
Correct the lack of phase.
wire lack of
phase?
NO
Is the
YES
amount of refrigerant Charge with the proper
correct? amount of refrigerant.
NO
Is electronic NO
expansion valve
fitted?
YES
Is
electronic Check No. 7
expansion valve coil NO
disconnected from Check refrigerant piping
valve body? Circuit clogging.
YES
Correctly place the electronic
expansion valve coil to valve
body.
(S2737)
Troubleshooting 207
6.19 “F6” Abnormal Heat Exchanging Temperature

Remote F6
Controller
Display
Applicable Model R(Y)71~100LU
Method of The high pressure control (stop) is made according to temperature detected with outdoor unit
Malfunction heat exchanging thermistor in cooling operation or indoor unit heat exchanging thermistor in
Detection heating operation.
Malfunction When the outdoor unit heat exchanging temperature in cooling operation or the indoor unit heat
Decision exchanging temperature in heating operation exceeds a rated value. (Refer to information in
Conditions Part 7 "Function and Operation".)
Possible Causes ! Clogged indoor unit suction filter (in heating operation)
! Dirty outdoor unit heat exchanger
! Faulty outdoor unit fan
! Excessive charging of refrigerant
! Failure to open the stop valve
Troubleshooting

conditions.
Is the stop NO
valve open? Open the stop valve
YES
Check No. 5 YES

High pressure is Correct the high pressure.
too high. 1In cooling operation:
Dirty outdoor unit heat
exchanger
1In heating operation:
Dirty indoor unit heat
exchanger
1Excessive charging of
refrigerant
(P152)
208 Troubleshooting
6.20 “H3” Malfunction of High Pressure Switch

Remote H3
Controller
Display
Applicable Model R(Y)1252140LU
Method of The protection device circuit checks for the continuity in the high pressure switch.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When the high pressure switch has no continuity during the compressor stops operating.
Decision
Conditions
Possible Causes ! Faulty high pressure switch

! Disconnection in harness of high pressure switch
! Faulty connection of high pressure switch connector
! Faulty outdoor unit PC board
! Disconnection in lead wire
Troubleshooting
Is the
connector of
high pressure
switch (S1PH) correctly NO
Connect correctly.
connected to the ∗Refer Note below.
outdoor unit
PC board?
YES
Wait for 10 minutes after

the unit stops operating,
then proceed to the
subsequent check.
Does the high NO

pressure switch have Replace the high pressure
continuity? switch.
*The normal resistance is
10Ω or less.
YES
Does the lead NO

wire have Replace the lead wire.
continuity?
YES
Replace the outdoor unit
PC board.
(S2738)
Note: In the case of R(Y)71 and 100, make sure the short-circuiting connector of X9A is correctly
mounted.
Troubleshooting 209
6.21 “H9” Malfunction of Outdoor Temperature Sensor

System
Remote H9
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Malfunction Case where the outdoor temperature sensor has a short or open circuit
Decision
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of outdoor temperature sensor

Causes ! Failure of outdoor temperature sensor’s connector connection
Troubleshooting
Disconnect the outdoor

temperature sensor (R1T)
from X4A on the outdoor
unit PC board and
measure the resistance.
Is
the thermistor NO
normal? Outdoor temperature sensor
YES
If contact is OK, replace outdoor unit

PC board.
(S1175)
table, p.134.
210 Troubleshooting
6.22 “J2” Malfunction of Current Sensor System

Remote J2
Controller
Display
Method of The malfunction of current sensor is detected through the current detected with the current
Malfunction sensor.
Detection
Malfunction While in operation:

Decision When the current detected with the current sensor is not more than a constant value (1.5A).
Conditions While in stopping:
When the current detected with the current sensor is not less than a constant value (5A).
Possible Causes ! Faulty current sensor

! Actuation of internal safety device of compressor
(Only on R(Y)71 and 100)
Troubleshooting
Turn the power supply off.
Is the YES
applied model R(Y)71
and 100?
NO
Check the compressor for

continuity.
The NO
compressor has The internal safety device of the
continuity. compressor may have been actuated.
The safety device takes a couple of
YES ten minutes to a couple of hours to be
reset.
After the safety device is reset,
restart the compressor for diagnosis.
Restart the compressor
using a remote controller.
Is "J2" is NO
displayed on the remote Could result from external cause (e.g.
controller? noise) other than malfunction.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PC board.
(P155)
Troubleshooting 211
6.23 “J3” Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Temperature Sensor

System
Remote J3
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Malfunction Case where the discharge pipe temperature sensor has a short or open circuit
Decision
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of discharge pipe temperature sensor

Causes ! Failure of discharge pipe temperature sensor’s connector connection
Troubleshooting
Disconnect the discharge

pipe temperature sensor
(R3T) from X6A on the
outdoor unit PC board
and measure the
resistance.
Is
the thermistor NO
normal? Dischange pipe
(See note) temperature
sensor
rep;acement
YES
If contact is OK,
replace outdoor
unit PC board.
(S1176)
table, p.134.
212 Troubleshooting
6.24 “J6” Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Temperature

Sensor System
Remote J6
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Malfunction Case where the heat exchanger temperature sensor has a short or open circuit
Decision
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of heat exchanger sensor

Causes ! Failure of heat exchanger sensor’s connector connection
Troubleshooting
Disconnect the heat

sensor (R2T) from X5A
on the outdoor unit PC
board and measure the
resistance.
Is
the thermistor NO
normal? Heat exchanger
(See note) temperature sensor
replacement
YES
If contact is OK, replace

outdoor unit PC board.
(S1177)
table, p.134.
Troubleshooting 213
6.25 “PJ” Failure of Capacity Setting

Remote PJ
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Model
Method of Check whether set value (i.e., factory set value) written in E2PROM or set value with the
Malfunction (replaced) capacity setting adapter (X26A) is the same as that of outdoor unit capacity.
Detection
Malfunction When the set value with the E2PROM differs from that of the outdoor unit capacity or any
Decision capacity setting adapter other than that suitable for the applicable PC board is installed.
Conditions (However, the failure decision is made only when the power supply is turned on.)
Possible Causes ! Improper set value with E2PROM

! Improper capacity setting adapter installed
Troubleshooting
Is the
capacity setting
adapter (X26A) NO
connected to the outdoor Connect an adapter
unit PC board? [See suitable for the applicable
(Note) model.
below.]
YES
Check whether the

combination of the NO
capacity setting adapter Correct the combination
(X26A) installed is correct if wrong.
for the PC board.
(P158)
Note: The capacity setting adapter is not connected at the time of shipment from factory. (The
capacity is written in the E2PROM.)
This capacity setting adapter is required only when the PC board is replaced with a spare PC
board.
214 Troubleshooting
6.26 “U0” Short of Gas Malfunction

Remote U0
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Method of Lack of gas is detected according to discharge pipe temperature.

Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction Microcomputer decides whether there is a lack of gas and detects malfunction.
Decision ! Stop due to malfunction does not occur even though a malfunction is determined to have
Conditions occurred.
Supposed ! Lack of refrigerant

Causes ! Refrigerant piping circuit clogging
Troubleshooting
Is the
amount of NO
Charge with the proper
refrigerant correct?
amount of refrigerant.
YES
Check the refrigerant

piping circuit for clogging.
(S1178)
Troubleshooting 215
6.27 “U1” Reverse Phase

Remote U1
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Model
Method of The reverse phase detection circuit detects the phase of each phase and judge whether it is
Malfunction normal or reverse.
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Possible Causes ! Faulty connection of power supply wiring

! Disconnection in power supply wiring
Troubleshooting
Turn the power supply off

once and then back on.
Is the "U1" NO
displayed on the remote Could result from external
controller? cause (e.g. noise) other
than malfunction.
YES
Are the phases YES

of circuit breaker Interchange the power
matched? supply cables.
NO
Does imbalance YES

in the power supply Check for the power
voltage occur? supply facilities.
(±10%)
NO
Replace the outdoor unit
PC board.
(P160)
216 Troubleshooting
6.28 “U4 or UF” Malfunction of Transmission (Between

Indoor and Outdoor Unit)
Remote U4 or UF
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Method of Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Decision
Conditions
Supposed ! Wiring indoor-outdoor transmission wire is incorrect.

Causes ! Failure of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting 1 Diagnosis of incorrect or broken/disconnected wiring

If the LEDs on the indoor unit PC board are off, it indicates that the transmission wiring between
indoor and outdoor units may be incorrect or broken/disconnected.
Troubleshooting 217

NO (ON or OFF)
Is HAP blinking?
Check of YES Turn the power supply off

indoor unit once and then back on.
microcom-
puter
normal
HAP
NO
Is H1P blinking? Failure of indoor unit PC board or
malfunction of power supply
system
YES
Resets normally.
Could be outside
cause (noise, etc.).
NO YES
Is HBP blinking? Is H2P on? Failure of indoor unit PC board.
Check of YES NO (OFF)

indoor unit
transmission Does
malfunction outdoor unit
HBP NO
microcomputer
normal H1P
blink?
YES
Is
YES indoor-outdoor NO
To outdoor unit Wire correctly.
transmission wire wired
(next page)
correctly?
(S1180)
218 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 2
Continued from
previous page
NO (ON or OFF)
Is HAP blinking?
Check of YES Turn the power supply off

outdoor unit once and then back on.
microcom-
puter normal
HAP
YES
Is HAP blinking? Resets normally.
etc.).
NO
YES
Is HAP on? Failure of outdoor unit PC board
NO (OFF)
Turn off the power

supply, disconnect the
NO.2 indoor-outdoor
transmission wire, and turn
power supply back on.
YES
Is HAP blinking? Failure of indoor unit PC board
NO
Failuer of outdoor unit PC board or
malfunction of power supply system
"U4" displays YES
constantly? Indoor P.C. board malfunction
NO
Resets normally.
etc.)
(S1181)
Troubleshooting 219
6.29 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission (Between Indoor Unit

and Remote Controller)
Remote U5
Controller
Display
Applicable R(Y)
Models
Method of Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and remote controller is normal.
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Decision
Conditions
Supposed ! Failure of remote controller

Causes ! Failure of indoor PC board
! Connection of 2 master remote controllers (When using 2 remote controllers)
Troubleshooting
YES SS1 of both YES

Control by 2 remote remote controllers is Set one of the
controllers set to "main." remote controllers
to"sub,"turn off
the power supply
NO temporarily, then
restart operation.
All indoor Resets
unit PC board NO normally when NO
microcomputer power supply is turned Indoor unit PC
normal monitors off temporarily. board
blinking replacement
YES YES
Malfunction could
be produced by
noise. Check the
surrounding area
Using and restart
multicore operation.
transmission wiring YES
between indoor unit Change to
and remote double-core
controller independent
cable.
NO
Failure of remote
controller PC
board or
replacement of
defective indoor
unit PC board
(S1182)
220 Troubleshooting
6.30 “U8” Transmission Error Between Main Remote

Controller and Sub Remote Controller
Remote U8
Controller
Display
Applicable All models of indoor unit

Models
Method of In case of controlling with 2- remote controller, check the system using microcomputer if signal
Malfunction transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Detection
Malfunction Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.

Decision
Conditions
Supposed ! Transmission error between Main remote controller and Sub remote controller
Causes ! Connection among “Sub” remote controllers
! Faulty remote controller PCB
Troubleshooting
Controlling SS-1 switch

NO on remote controller NO
with 2-remote Turn the SS-1switch of one
controller PCB is turned remote controller to "Main".
to "Main" Turn OFF the power supply,
and restart operation
YES YES
Both SS-1
switches on remote NO
controllers are turned Turn OFF the power once and
to "Sub" restart operation.
Replace remote controller PCB
if any error is generated.
YES
Turn the SS-1switch of one

remote controller to "Main".
Turn OFF the power supply, and
restart operation.
(S1183)
Troubleshooting 221
6.31 “UA” Failure of Field Setting Switch

Remote UA
Controller
Display
Applicable Standard models

Models
Supposed <common>
Causes ! Failure of indoor or outdoor unit PC board
! Failure of power supply PC board
! Indoor-outdoor, indoor-indoor unit transmission wiring
! Failure of remote controller wiring
Troubleshooting
Is
the remote
controller connected YES
to more than Connect the remote controller
correctly.
one indoor
unit?
NO
Is
the outdoor unit NO
using for Twin Check setting "No. of Connected
Twin System Indoor Units" of indoor
system? unit. (Note1)
YES
Is the
setting of NO
Pair/Twin/Triple Set correctly
setted
correctly?
YES
Are the
microcomputer Is the
normal montiors NO indoor-indoor NO
(HAP) of all indoor unit and indoor-outdoor Connect correctly
PC boards jumper correctly
blinking? connected?
YES
YES
Is the
power supply NO
Are the PC board correctly Connect correctly
transmission connected?
normal montiors NO
(HBP) of all indoor unit YES
PC boards
blinking?
Is there
220-240 VAC NO
YES between No.1 and Replace the transformer.
No.3 of X2M
(indoor Unit)?
Turn the power off once, then
back on, and restart operation. YES
Wiring could be incorrect; recheck.
Is the
NO indoor-indoor
and indoor-outdoor NO
Operating normally? Connect correctly.
jumper correctly
connected?
YES
YES
Indoor unit PC board replacement
Operates normally
(S1184)
Note 1: Refer “No. of Connected Twin System Indoor Units” on P.98.
222 Troubleshooting
Check No. 5 If the high pressure is abnormally high

Conception
Abnormally high pressure level is mostly caused by the condenser side.
The following contents are provided by service engineer based on their field checks.
Further, the number is listed in the order of degree of influence.
a In cooling operation
Check items (Possible causes) Judgment
1. Does the outdoor unit fan run normally? 1. Visual inspection
2. Is the outdoor unit heat exchanger 2. Visual inspection
clogged?
3. Is there clogging before or after the EV 3. Check if there is a temperature
(capillary)? difference before and after EV
(capillary).
Check if the main valve unit of EV
operates (by noise, vibration).
4. Is the check valve clogged? 4. Check if there is a temperature
*Heat pump model only difference before and after check valve.
→If YES, the check valve is caught.
5. Is the HPS normal? 5. Check continuity by using a tester.
6. Is the outdoor unit installed under such 6. Visual inspection
conditions that short circuit easily
occurs?
7. Is the piping length 5 meters or less? 7. Visual inspection
8. Does air enter the refrigerant system? 8. Conduct refrigerant collection and
vacuum drying, and then add proper
amount refrigerant.
9. Is the refrigerant overcharged? 9. Conduct refrigerant collection and
amount refrigerant.
a. In heating operation
1. Does the indoor unit fan run normally? 1. Visual inspection
2. Is the indoor unit heat exchanger 2. Visual inspection
clogged?
3. Is the indoor unit installed under such 3. Visual inspection
occurs?
(capillary).
difference before and after check valve.
6. Is the HPS normal? 6. Check continuity using a tester.
7. Is the piping length 5 meters or less? 7. Visual inspection
8. Does air enter the refrigerant system? 8. Conduct refrigerant collection and
amount refrigerant.
9. Is the refrigerant overcharged? 9. Conduct refrigerant collection and
amount refrigerant.
Troubleshooting 223
Check No. 6 If the low pressure is abnormally low

Conception
Abnormally low pressure level is mostly caused by the evaporator side.
The following contents are provided based on field checking of service engineer.
Further, the number is listed in the order of degree of influence.
a. In cooling operation
1. Does the outdoor unit fan run normally? 1. Visual inspection
2. Is the indoor unit filter clogged? 2. Visual inspection
(capillary).
*Heat pump model only difference before and after check valve.
5. Is the LPS normal? 5. Check continuity using a tester.
6. Is the indoor unit installed under such 6. Visual inspection
occurs?
7. Is the refrigerant gas short? 7. Conduct refrigerant collection and
amount refrigerant.
a. In heating operation
1. Does the outdoor unit fan run normally? 1.Visual inspection
2. Is the outdoor unit heat exchanger 2. Visual inspection
clogged?
3. Is the outdoor unit installed under such 3. Visual inspection
occurs?
(capillary).
difference before and after check valve.
6. Is the LPS normal? 6. Check continuity using a tester.
7. Is the refrigerant gas short? 7. Conduct refrigerant collection and
amount refrigerant.
224 Troubleshooting
Check No. 7 Check for Clogged Points

Temperature differences must occur before or after the clogged points!

RAC COMP
Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit (S2674)
Check points Check factor Causes Remedies

$ Around Temperature · Dust Replace the expansion
expansion difference · Choked moisture valve.
mechanism · Reduced effective pipe diameter
due to adherent contamination, etc.
& Accumulator Frosting · Choked moisture Blow a nitrogen gas, and
then replace the
refrigerant.
* Distributor Temperature · Dust Replace the heat
difference · Choked moisture exchanger or distributor.
· Reduced effective pipe diameter
due to adherent contamination, etc.
+ Field piping Temperature · Collapsed pipe Replace the pipe.
difference
, Stop valve Temperature · The stop valve is not fully open. Open the stop valve fully.
difference
Troubleshooting 225
226 Troubleshooting
Si21-204
Part 9
Removal Procedure
1. FHYC71K ............................................................................................229
1.5 Removal of Decoration Cover ..............................................................233
1.6 Removal of Decoration Panel...............................................................234
1.7 Removal of Horizontal Vane.................................................................235
1.12 Removal of Drain Pump and Drain Hose .............................................242
2. FHY71B...............................................................................................244
2.1 Removal of Air Filter and Suction Grille ...............................................244
2.2 Removal of Electrical Parts and PC Boards.........................................245
2.3 Removal of Horizontal Blade................................................................247
2.4 Removal of Fan Rotor and Motor .........................................................248
2.5 Removal of Fan Bearing.......................................................................250
2.6 Removal of Bottom Panel and Drain Pan.............................................251
3. FUY71/100/125FJ ...............................................................................253
3.3 Removal of Fan ....................................................................................255
3.6 Removal of Drain Pump .......................................................................260
3.8 Removal of Air Flow Control Blade ......................................................262
4. FAY71LVE ..........................................................................................263
4.1 Removal of Air Filter and Front Panel ..................................................263
4.2 Removal of Front Grille ........................................................................264
4.3 Removal of the horizontal blade and vertical blade..............................265
4.4 Removal of Electrical Box ....................................................................266
4.6 Removal of Fan Motor and Fan Rotor..................................................268
4.7 Removal of Air Swing Motor.................................................................269
4.8 Drain Hose Piping to the Left ...............................................................270
5. FAY71FA.............................................................................................271
5.2 Removal of Slide Panel, Operation Display Cover, and Front Grille ....272
5.3 Removal of Electrical Parts Box ...........................................................273
5.4 Removal of PC Board...........................................................................274
5.5 Removal of Swing Louvre Unit .............................................................275
Removal Procedure 227

Si21-204

5.9 Removal of Fan Rotor ..........................................................................280
6. FVY71L~125L .....................................................................................281
6.1 Removal of Suction Grille and Air Filter ...............................................281
6.2 Removal of Electric Parts and Remote Controller................................283
6.3 Removal of Fan Rotor and Fan Motor..................................................285
7. R (Y) 71-160LU ...................................................................................288
7.1 Removal of Outside Panels..................................................................288
7.2 Removal of Switch Box ........................................................................289
7.3 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor ............................................290
7.4 Removal of PCB Ass'y .........................................................................291
7.5 Removal of 4-way Valve.......................................................................292
7.6 Removal of Thermistor .........................................................................293
7.7 Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Low Pressure Sensor ....294
7.8 Removal of Compressor.......................................................................295
228 Removal Procedure

Si21-204 FHYC71K
1. FHYC71K
1.1 Removal of Switch Box Cover
Procedure Warning Be sure to wait 10 minutes or more after turning off all power supplies
before disassembling work.
Step Procedure Points
1. Removing the cover from
the control PCB side
1 Loosen the 1 screw,
and pull the cover
toward the inside and
pull it down.
2. Removing the cover from ! Caution during installation

the connection wire side
1 Remove 1 screw and
loosen the other screw.
Pull the cover toward
the pipe, then pull it
down.
Set the thermistor base securely

on the rubber bushing.

FHYC71K Si21-204
1.2 Removal of Fan Motor

1. Removing the switch box
1 Remove the 5 screws,
and pull the switch box
down.
2. Removing the fan

1 Remove the resin nut
and rotation stopper
from the fan.
3. Removing the fan motor

1 Remove the washer-
based nuts.
! 3 nuts in FHYC35 -
71K
125K

Si21-204 FHYC71K
1.3 Removal of Suction Grille

1 Push the two buttons ! When closing, push up the
simultaneously and pull grille slowly.
the suction grille down
slowly.
2 With the suction grille

open at an angle of 45º,
lift it up to remove it.

FHYC71K Si21-204
1.4 Removal of Air Filter

1 Open the suction grille.
(See the removal
procedure of suction
grille.)
2 Disengage the hooks of
the air filter by pulling
the filter downward at
an angle, and remove
the filter.
! Installation of the air filter

(2)
1 Hook the air filter to the
protrusions located at
the top section of the
suction grille.
2 Push the lower section
of the air filter into the
protrusions located at
the bottom section of
the suction grille to
secure the air filter in
place.

Si21-204 FHYC71K
1.5 Removal of Decoration Cover

1 To remove the
decoration cover, pull
the inside part (suction
grille side) down.
2 Disengage the strap

(fall prevention strap) of
the corner decoration
cover from the pin.
3 There are four corner ! Installation of the corner

decoration covers. decoration cover
They can be removed Install the corner decoration
by following the same cover so that the four
procedure. protrusions on the cover are
securely inserted into the
holes on the decoration
panel section.

FHYC71K Si21-204
1.6 Removal of Decoration Panel

1 Loosen the 4 retaining Structure of mounting fixture
screws from the
decoration panel.
2 The decoration panel is
attached with 4
mounting fixtures.
3 Remove the 2 fixtures

on the outside (sections
A), then remove the 2
fixtures on the inside
(sections B).
4 Remove the decoration
panel.

Si21-204 FHYC71K
1.7 Removal of Horizontal Vane

1 Locate 9 screws on the ! Remove seal materials in the
decoration panel under following sequence.
the seal materials. &→+,$→*
! Number of screws
No. of screws
Seal material $ : 7 pcs
Seal material & : 9 pcs
Seal material * : 7 pcs
Seal material + : 9 pcs
Total : 32 pcs
2 There are 23 other

screws.
3 Remove the 18 screws

on the swing motor side
and on the opposite
side to open the covers.

FHYC71K Si21-204

on the two remaining
sides and open the
covers.
Reassembly
! Check to make sure the heat
insulation is installed in the
air outlet section as shown
below. (Improper heat
insulation installation results
in condensation of water.)
Seal material
Heat insulation material

Panel body
(S1210)

Si21-204 FHYC71K
1.8 Removal of Swing Motor

1 Remove the decoration ! Only the decoration cover
cover located needs to be removed to take
immediately below the out the swing motor.
cooling pipe.
2 Remove the 1 swing

motor mounting screw.
3 Hold the tabs pushed

toward the direction of
the arrow and pull the
motor down.

FHYC71K Si21-204

4 Disconnect the
connector of the swing
motor.
Caution
Caution during swing
motor installation
1 After installing the
swing motor, be sure to
turn on the power
switch for reset (for
initializing the vane
positions).
2 Be sure to engage the
gears on the motor side
and panel sides.
(Improper gear
engagement results in
faulty swing operation
and abnormal noise.)

Si21-204 FHYC71K
1.9 Removal of Switch Box Cover

the control PCB side
1 Loosen the 1 screw,
and pull the cover
toward the inside and
pull it down.

the connection wire side
Caution
1 Remove 1 screw and Caution during installation
loosen the other screw.
Pull the cover toward
the pipe, then pull it
down
Set the thermistor base securely

.
on the rubber bushing.

FHYC71K Si21-204

1. Removing the switch box
1 Remove the 5 screws,
and pull the switch box
down.
2. Removing the fan

1 Remove the resin nut
and rotation stopper
from the fan.

1 Remove the washer-
based nuts.
71K
125K

Si21-204 FHYC71K
1.11 Removal of Drain Pan

1 Drain water from the
drain hole.
2 Remove the 5 drain pan
mounting screws.
3 Pull down the drain pan

straight down.
Caution
If water is in the drain pan, it
can spill and wet the floor.
Drain water completely or
cover the floor with a vinyl
sheet.

FHYC71K Si21-204
1.12 Removal of Drain Pump and Drain Hose

1. Removing the drain pump
1 Remove the drain pan.
Caution
Be sure to install the pipe clip
during installation to prevent
water leaks.
2 Remove the hose band.
3 Pull out the drain hose.

4 Remove the 4 drain
pump mounting screws.
5 Remove the 3 drain

pump mounting plate
retaining screws.
6 Remove the drain pump
mounting plate together
with the float switch.

Si21-204 FHYC71K

2. Removing the drain hose
1 Loosen the hose band Caution
using a screwdriver. The drain hose may contain
water. Make sure there is no
water in the drain hose, or use
a container to receive water
from the hose.
2 Pull out the drain hose.
3 To remove the drain

hose connecting
section from the unit,
remove the 2 screws
and pull it out.

FHY71B Si21-204
2. FHY71B
2.1 Removal of Air Filter and Suction Grille
1 Push the 2 tabs and
open the suction grilles.
2 Push the air filter

installation panel from 2
places in the direction
of the arrow, and pull
the air filter out toward
yourself.
3 Grip the suction grille

hinge strongly and
remove the suction
grille.

Si21-204 FHY71B
2.2 Removal of Electrical Parts and PC Boards

1 Loosen the 2 screws of
the control box cover
and remove the control
box cover.

of the control box.
3 Pull down the control

box and let it hang by
the 2 locations in the
rear. Electrical parts
can now be removed.

FHY71B Si21-204

4 Disconnect the
connector mounted on
the PC board.
5 Remove the PC board

installation screw.
6 Slide the PC board to

the left away from the
tabs on the right, and
remove the PC board.

Si21-204 FHY71B
2.3 Removal of Horizontal Blade

1 Gently bend the support
plate located at the
center of the horizontal
blade, and detach the
center shaft.
(Two shafts provided on
Types 140 and 160.)
2 Then gently bend the ★ When removing the

center of the horizontal horizontal blade from the
blade, and take both bearings at both ends, be
the end shafts out of careful not to get the blow
their bearings. port thermal insulation
scratched.
Reassembling precautions
1 The shaft at the right
end of the horizontal
blade is cut in D shape.
Fit this D-shaped end to
the D-profiled bearing.
Reattach the horizontal
blade at the right side
first.

FHY71B Si21-204
2.4 Removal of Fan Rotor and Motor

1 Push the 2 tabs of the
fan housing toward the
inside with your fingers,
and pull out the fan
housing.
2 Loosen the 2 hexagon

set screws of the
intermediate bearing.

Si21-204 FHY71B

3 Slide the intermediate
bearing to the right and
remove the fan rotor
ass’y.
4 Cut off the tie-wrap of ★ Aconnectors

the glass tube cover Connector (1) handles high
over the fan motor voltage (220-240 V), so be
connector. Slide the sure to turn of the power
glass tube and get the supply before disconnecting.
connector exposed.
5 Disconnect the 2 fan
motor connecting
connectors.
6 Remove the 2 fan
motor fasteners.
7 Remove the fan motor. ★ Finally reconnect the fan

motor connector, cover it
with the glass tube and
secure it with the tie-wrap.

FHY71B Si21-204
2.5 Removal of Fan Bearing

★ Remove the fan rotor
according to the
procedures for removing
the fan rotor and fan
motor.
1 Remove the left side
panel installation screw.
2 Slide the left side panel

toward the front of the
unit and remove.
3 Remove the 2 bearing
installation screws and
remove the bearing.

Si21-204 FHY71B
2.6 Removal of Bottom Panel and Drain Pan

5 Remove the 7 bottom
panel installation
screws (2 each on the
left and right, 3 in the
rear), and remove the
bottom panel.
Remove the rear surface screws
(2 each on the left and right),
and remove the center screw
while supporting the bottom
panel from underneath.
6 Let down the rear of the

bottom panel, push out
toward the front
(removed from the
hooking part) and
remove.
7 Remove the drain pan

retainer (2 screw).

FHY71B Si21-204

1 Remove the screw from
the right side panel.
Slide the right side
panel toward the front
and detach it.
2 Cut off the tie-wrap of
the swing motor
connector.
3 Disconnect the
connector from the
swing motor connector.
4 Remove the screw from ★ When reassembling, fit the

the swing motor. The horizontal blade shaft end to
swing motor has two the D-profiled bearing.
projections on it. Lower Apply the tie-wrap to the
the swing motor and connectors to secure them in
take it out. place.

Si21-204 FUY71/100/125FJ
3. FUY71/100/125FJ
1 Opening suction grille
Push two tabs on
suction grille toward the
center of grille at the
same time.
2 Pull down suction grille.

(Two strings are
equipped to prevent the
grille from dropping.)
3 To remove air filter, lift

the tabs up at the same
time and pull it forward.

FUY71/100/125FJ Si21-204
3.2 Removal of Suction Grille

1 Unhook two drop-
prevention strings while
supporting suction grille
with hand.
2 Open suction grille

forward for approx. 45
degree.
3 Disengage three hooks

located at rear side of
the grille to remove
suction grille.

Si21-204 FUY71/100/125FJ
3.3 Removal of Fan

1 Remove two mounting
screws to dismount
switch box cover.
2 Remove suction air

temperature thermistor
attached to bell mouth.
3 Bell mouth is mounted

with tree screws.
Loosen a screw located
at diagonal position to
the pipings and remove
other two screws.

FUY71/100/125FJ Si21-204

4 Remove bell mouth by
sliding to piping
direction.
5 To dismount fan,
remove washer based
nut using double-ended
wrench
6 Remove fan by pulling

down.

Si21-204 FUY71/100/125FJ

1 Removing fan motor
a. Disconnect
connector
b. Remove lead wire
retaining plate
Caution
Fan motor can be removed
without removing the lead
wire retaining plate.
However, when washing the
heat exchanger, this plate
should be removed and
protect the lead wires.
2 Remove screws for

mounting fan motor.
! FUY71FJV1 :
Three screws
! FUY100/125FJV1 :
Four screws
3 Remove motor by
pulling down.

FUY71/100/125FJ Si21-204

! Remove suction grille
according to the Removal
of air filter and that of
suction grille.
1 To dismount three
corner sections A, B
and C, remove a
flocked screw.
2 Remove three flocked
screws to dismount
corner section D.
3 Disconnect wires and

connectors from PCB.

Si21-204 FUY71/100/125FJ

4 Arrange wire harness to
avoid interference with
Caution
next process.
This work should be done by
two personnel.
If drain water remain in the
pan, it may drop and stain on
the floor.
Make sure to check if no drain
water remain in the pan, or
cover the floor with vinyl
sheet before disassembling
work.
5 To dismount drain pan

blocking plate, remove
each two mounting
screws located at four
corners.
6 Remove drain pan by

pulling it down.

FUY71/100/125FJ Si21-204
3.6 Removal of Drain Pump

1 Drain pump is located
at piping side.
Caution
Cut clamp material of
When reconnect drain hose
hose, and disconnect
with the pump, secure hose at
hose from pump.
joint using clamping material
such as Tielap. (Clamping
material should be normally
included in the stock items.)
2 Remove four screws to

dismount drain pump.
3 Dismount drain pump

by pulling it down.
4 Removing float switch

a.Loosen three
mounting screws to
remove drain pump
mounting base.
b.Remove two screws
located at opposite side
of drain pump mounting
base to dismount float
switch.

Si21-204 FUY71/100/125FJ

! Remove suction grille
according to the Removal
of suction grille
1 Swing motor is located
at the diagonal position
of piping.
2 Remove two mounting
screws for swing motor
cover.
3 Remove swing motor
cover by holding two
tabs on the cover.
4 Remove two screws to

dismount swing motor.

FUY71/100/125FJ Si21-204
3.8 Removal of Air Flow Control Blade

1 To remove horizontal
blade, press down tabs
located at both end of
blade and pull them
forward.
2 Remove horizontal
blade.

Si21-204 FAY71LVE
4. FAY71LVE
4.1 Removal of Air Filter and Front Panel
1 Put your fingers on
protrusions at left and
right side of the unit to
open the front panel.
2 To remove the air filter, ! The air filter is free from the
push up the tab and pull side of left or right.
down the filter. ! It is easy to install if inserting
along the guide.
3 Disengage the holding

section on upper right
of the panel by pushing
toward left, then slide
toward right to remove
the front panel.

FAY71LVE Si21-204
4.2 Removal of Front Grille

! Removing the front panel
in accordance with
"Removal of Front Panel".
1 Remove three pieces of
front grille fixing screws.
2 Remove the front grille ! If hard to remove, try to push

by pulling forward while the hooks by a screwdriver
pushing three hooks or the like to remove.
located at upper part of
the grille one by one.
3 The front grille can be ! Make sure that the three

removed by pulling hooks are set on the original
forward and lift the position when reinstalling
bottom part. the front grille.

Si21-204 FAY71LVE
4.3 Removal of the horizontal blade and vertical blade

1. Removing the horizontal
blade.
1 Open the horizontal
blade.
2 Bend the horizontal
blade slightly to
disengage the fixing
part at right side.
3 Pull the horizontal blade
rightward and take it
out.
Horizontal blade
Holder
1. Removing the vertical

blade. Holder plate
1 Disengage the
protrusion on upper Protrusion
side of blade from
holder plate. (Three
locations)
2 Push the vertical blade
backward and pull the
lower side forward to
disengage the blade
from three hooks.
Holder plate
Hook
Vertical blade

FAY71LVE Si21-204
4.4 Removal of Electrical Box

! Removing the front grille in
accordance with "Removal
of Front Grille".
1 Remove the screw on
the service cover.
2 Remove the screw on
the drip proof plate.
3 Remove the screw for
the grounding wire.
4 Remove the following

connectors.
· Fan motor connector
· Air swing motor
connector
5 Pull the heat exchanger

thermistor and
dismantle it.
6 Remove the fixing

screw for switch box.
7 Pull forward the switch

box holding lower part
of the box.

Si21-204 FAY71LVE
4.5 Removal of Heat Exchanger

accordance with "Removal Caution
of Front Grille".
Removing the switch box If gas leaks, repair the leakage
in accordance with section, collect refrigerant
"Removal of Switch Box". inside the unit completely, then,
1 Press strongly the recharge refrigerant after
claws on both left and performing vacuum
right sides of heat dehydration.
exchanger toward
inside.
Caution
Don't mix air or the like other

than the specified refrigerant
into a refrigeration circle.
(Mixing of air or other gas
causes abnormal high pressure
in the refrigerating cycle and
results in pipe rupture or
personal injuries.)
! Pay attention not to soil the

floor with residual drain.
! In case that the drain hose is

buried inside wall, remove
the heat exchanger after
2 To remove the heat pulling out the drain hose.
exchanger, pull it
upward.
Caution
When removing or reinstalling

the heat exchanger, be sure to
wear gloves or wrap the heat
exchanger with cloth or the like.
(Otherwise, the fins may injure
your hand.)

FAY71LVE Si21-204
4.6 Removal of Fan Motor and Fan Rotor

of Front Grille".
Removing the electrical
box in accordance with
"Removal of Electrical
Box".
1 Insert a Phillips tip
screwdriver into the air
outlet and remove the
screws fixing the fan
motor and fan rotor.
(The screws can be
removed without
removing of horizontal
blade.)
2 Remove the two screws
on the bearing cover (1)
and (2) and dismantle
the covers.
3 Take out the fan motor
sideways.
2. Removing the fan rotor

! Removing the heat
exchanger in accordance
with "Removal of Heat
Exchanger".
1 Remove the two screws
to dismantle the rotor
cover.
2 Pull the fan rotor out.

Si21-204 FAY71LVE
4.7 Removal of Air Swing Motor

of Front Grille".
1 Disconnect the air
swing motor connector
in the electrical box.
2 Remove the screw
which fixes the air
swing motor.
3 Pull the air swing link

assembly to the left
strongly to dismantle.

FAY71LVE Si21-204
4.8 Drain Hose Piping to the Left

! Removing the front grille in ! The drain pan and bottom
accordance with "Removal frame are designed as an
of Front Grille" integral-type.
1 Pull out the drain hose
attached on the rear
right of the unit.
2 Pull out the drain plug

and drain socket
attached on the rear left
of the unit.
3 Piping of Drain Hose at

Left Side.
! Insert the drain hose to the

hose plug securely as far as
it will go.
4 Insert the drain plug ! Insert the drain plug and

and drain socket into socket securely as far as it
the right side of the unit will go.
with hexagonal pin
wrench.

Si21-204 FAY71FA
5. FAY71FA
1 Hold the air filter tabs

with your hands and
pull out.
2 Pull the air filter out.

FAY71FA Si21-204
5.2 Removal of Slide Panel, Operation Display Cover, and

Front Grille
1 Remove the left and The wiring diagram is applied to
right side panels. (1 the right side panel, and
white screw each on left troubleshooting list is applied to
and right) the left side panel.
2 Remove the operation

display cover
installation screw and
remove the cover by
sliding to the right.
3 Remove the front grille

installation screws (3
M4X l12 screws with
spacers)
4 Disconnect the upper

hook of the front grille
and remove.

Si21-204 FAY71FA
5.3 Removal of Electrical Parts Box

! Remove the left and right The left and right side panels
side panels, operation have to be taken off in order to
display cover and front remove the front grille.
grille according to the
procedures for their
removal.
1 Remove the
(1) thermistor,
(2) heater connector
and
(3) rubber clip
connected to the PC
board.
fastening the electrical
parts box to the units.
3 Lift the electrical parts

box and remove by
moving toward the right.

FAY71FA Si21-204
5.4 Removal of PC Board

! Remove the outer panels
according to the
procedure for removing
the electrical parts box.
1 Disconnect the front
side wiring connector
connected to the PC
board.
2 Disconnect the PC
board from the tabs by
pushing it inward. Draw
the PC board out partly
and disconnect the
remaining connectors.
The tape holding the electrical

parts box and PC board is for
transport, and is unnecessary
when reinstalling.
3 Completely remove the

PC board.

Si21-204 FAY71FA
5.5 Removal of Swing Louvre Unit

! Remove the electrical
parts box according to its
removal procedure.
1 Remove the horizontal
blade.
2 Remove the swing

Louvre unit. (3 screws)
3 Remove the swing You can replace the swing

motor from the swing motor without removing the
Louvre unit. swing Louvre unit.

FAY71FA Si21-204

! Remove side panels and Use 2.5 mm hexagon nut driver.
other external casing, and
electrical parts box
according to their removal
procedures.
1 Loosen the hexagon set
screw fastening the fan
rotor and fan motor.
2 Remove the fan motor

fastener. (3 screws)
3 Remove the fan motor.

Si21-204 FAY71FA

! If removing the drain pan: The bottom panel is fastened to
Carry out pump down, the unit installation plate by 3
disconnect the screws.
transmission piping and
wiring, and remove the
main unit.
! Remove side panels,
operation display cover
and front cover according
to their removal
procedures.
1 Remove the bottom
panel.
2 Remove the air

discharge section.

FAY71FA Si21-204

3 Remove the air Center of air discharge section
discharge unit. also screw fastened.
(7 screws)
4 Remove the drain pan. 1 Pull left side toward yourself. 2

Move the drain hose to the right
until it comes off.

Si21-204 FAY71FA

! Before dismounting a heat
exchanger, make sure to Top plate
proceed pump down
refrigerant to outdoor unit
and disconnect the
connection pipe and
wiring, then remove the
indoor unit.
1 Dismount top plate
(S1325)
2 Remove the 3 setting There is a hock right hand side

screws for heat behind the heat exchanger.
exchanger and one
screw for pipe fixing
box.

FAY71FA Si21-204
5.9 Removal of Fan Rotor

! Remove the heat You can also remove the
exchanger according to its auxiliary electric heater without
removal procedure. removing the heat exchanger.
of the left side panel.
2 Remove the fan rotor

by sliding to the left and
pulling out toward
yourself.
Reference
If you have enough space to
pull the fan rotor out from the
left side, you can remove it
without dismounting the heat
exchanger.

Si21-204 FVY71L~125L
6. FVY71L~125L
6.1 Removal of Suction Grille and Air Filter
Removing air filter
1 Pull tabs of suction

grille to open the grille
slightly.
2 Lift up air filter

FVY71L~125L Si21-204

Removing suction grille
1 Remove two fixing
screws located at both
left and right sides of
suction grille.
2 Open widely and lift
suction grille to remove
it.

Si21-204 FVY71L~125L
6.2 Removal of Electric Parts and Remote Controller

1 To remove switch box
cover, dismount screw
(A), loosen screw (B)
and slide the cover to
right side.
Remove suction air
thermistor from bell
mouth.
2 The figure right shows

part layout inside switch
box.
3 Disconnect remote
controller cord from
switch box.

FVY71L~125L Si21-204

dismount front panel.
dismount remote
controller.

Si21-204 FVY71L~125L
6.3 Removal of Fan Rotor and Fan Motor

Removing fan rotor
1 Turn bell mouth in CW
to remove it.
2 Remove hexagon nut
and turning stopper
Caution
plate to disassemble
When reassembling be sure
fan rotor.
to clamp wires.
Removing fan motor

1 Disconnect lead wire
for fan motor and
harness for capacitor
from switch box.
2 To dismount pipe-fixing
plate, remove a screw
and slide the plate to
left side.
3 To remove wire-fixing
plate, remove two
screws and slide the
plate upward.
4 Remove four hexagon
head screws to
dismount fan motor.

FVY71L~125L Si21-204

1 Disconnect harness for
swing motor and one
for limit switch at
connector section.
dismount discharge
assembly.

dismount swing motor
Caution
assembly.
Two of eight horizontal blades
4 Disengage hooks on located at top and bottom
swing motor mounting position can be moved by
plate cover and remove hand individually, while rest
two screws. Then, six blades are linked to move
remove swing motor. by hand at the same time.

Si21-204 FVY71L~125L

Removing switch box
1 Disconnect connector
for swing motor and
one for limit switch.
2 Remove heat
exchanger thermistor
from PCB.
3 Remove three
mounting screws to
dismount switch box
and air partition plate.
Removing top panel

1 Remove eight screws to
dismount top panel.
(Six screws are used
for model J56 to J80.)
Removing heat exchanger
dismount heat Caution
exchanger. Be sure to remove heat
exchanger before cleaning it.

R (Y) 71-160LU Si21-204
7. R (Y) 71-160LU
7.1 Removal of Outside Panels
Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or
more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off.
1 Pull the lower part (7
positions) of suction
grille to your side and
disengage three hooks
Top panel
in its upper side, then
pull down the entire
grille to remove it.
2 To remove the front

panel (front part of the
side panel), dismount
one screw, and pull Suction grille
down the panel.
3 To remove the top

panel, dismount eight
screws.
4 Dismount one screw to

remove the front panel Rear part of
of piping cover. side panel
5 Dismount four screws

to remove the side
panel of piping cover.
6 Dismount seven screws

to remove the rear part
of the side panel.
Front
panel
Piping cover side panel
Front Piping cover front panel

panel
(S2747)

Si21-204 R (Y) 71-160LU
7.2 Removal of Switch Box

! Removing top panel and
front panel according to
the "Removal of Outside
Panels".
1 Spread the lower parts
of hooks (three
locations) to remove the
resin cover.
Resin cover
2 Remove following
connectors, fastening
terminal from
compressor terminals Hooks
(Three locations)
and thermistors
according to "Removal
of Thermistor".
X14A, X15A, X11A, Fixing screws (∗)
X12A, X22A, X10A,
X25A
3 Dismount two screws

(∗) fixing the switch box.
4 To remove the switch

box, pull the box (S2748)
frontward before slide

the left side upward.
Hooking parts
Switch box
(S2749)

R (Y) 71-160LU Si21-204
7.3 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor

! Removing front panel and
top panel according to the
"Removal of Outside
Panels". Capacitor
1. Removing propeller fan (C1R)
1 Dismount four screws
fixing discharge grille
and disengage four
hooks located at upper
and lower sides of the Propeller fan
grille to remove the
grille.
2 Remove fan stopper Hooks

and washer faced nut
fixing propeller fan.
Fan stopper
Washer faced nut
Hooks (S2750)

1 Disconnect the ! Do not pull the lead wire but
connector (∗) for fan hold the connector and press
motor from the PCB. the hook section when
(∗)Connector number disconnect the connector.
R (Y) 71, 100LU:
X11A, X15A
R (Y) 125~160LU:
X11A, X12A, X14A,
X15A
2 Pull out the fastening
terminal from Capacitor
(C1R).
3 The lead wires are Clamps
clamped at three
locations.
Lead wire Propeller fan
(One with tie wrap and (S2752)
two with hooks of
partition plate)
4 Dismount three screws
Screws ! Precautions for installing
for the front panel, and (3 pieces) motor
pull the lead wires to
Be sure to fix the motor lead
separate from other
wire with clampers, or the
parts.
lead wire could be caught
5 Fan motor can be
with fan resulting damage of
removed by removing
parts.
four fixing bolts.
Fan motor (S2751)

Si21-204 R (Y) 71-160LU
7.4 Removal of PCB Ass'y

! Removing top panel, front
panel and side panel
according to the "Removal
of Outside Panels".
1 Spread the lower parts Claws
Resin cover
of hooks (three
locations) to remove the
resin cover.
2 Disconnect all
connectors on the PCB.
Screw
(1 piece)
(S2753)
3 Disconnect one screw HAP Service Monitor LED

to remove the PCB Dip switch 1 (DS 1)
Jumper wire Push button switch
ass'y.
COOL
ON
HAP
O
F
F
FORCED 1 2 3 4
DEF,
J1
PUMP
HEAT
DOWN OFF
EMG. DS1
Glass tube fuse

LUY1, LUYAL, LUTAL : 2pcs
LUV1, LUVAL : 1pcs
PCB ass'y
(S2754)

R (Y) 71-160LU Si21-204
7.5 Removal of 4-way Valve

! Removing the parts of ! Check that the refrigerant is
outside panel and the completely discharged
switch box according to before starting the
the "Removal of Outside disassembling work.
Panels".
1 Dismount one screw to
remove the 4-way valve
coil.
2 Disconnect four brazed ! Cover the other piping with

joints in the order of sheet for welding work or
A→B→C→D steel sheet to prevent the
to remove the 4-way piping from influence of torch
valve body. flame.
4-way valve
! Caution
When installing, use torch
4-way valve flame while cool the valve
coil body with wet cloths or the
like to keep it below 120°C.
Screw
(1 piece)
(S2755)

Si21-204 R (Y) 71-160LU
7.6 Removal of Thermistor

! Removing top panel, front
panel and side panel
according to the "Removal
of Outside Panels".
1 Pick up and pull out the
mounting spring to
remove the discharge
pipe thermistor.
Outdoor air thermistor
2 To remove the heat

exchanger thermistor,
pull the locking piece
frontward.
3 To remove the outdoor

air thermistor, draw out
frontward and slide it
rightward.
Heat exchanger thermistor
Discharge pipe thermistor Discharge pipe thermistor

(Inside of mufller) (Side of discharge pipe)
For R71,100LU For RY71,100LU
and RY125~160LU (S2756)
and R125~140LU

R (Y) 71-160LU Si21-204
7.7 Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Low

Pressure Sensor
Panels".
1. Removing electronic
expansion valve
1 Pull up the coil of
electronic expansion Coil of
valve. electronic
expansion
valve
2 To remove the
electronic expansion
valve, disconnect two
brazed joints for each
valve.
2. Removing the low ! Cover the other piping with

pressure switch sheet for welding work or
1 Disconnect one brazed steel sheet to prevent the
joint to remove the low piping from influence of torch
pressure switch. Electronic flame.
expansion
valve coil ! Caution
When installing, use torch
Low flame while cool the valve
pressure
switch body with wet cloths or the
like to keep it below 120°C.
(S2757)

Si21-204 R (Y) 71-160LU
7.8 Removal of Compressor

Panels".
1 Dismount five screws to
remove the stop valve
mounting plate. ! Color of terminal end
! R(Y)71~100LU
2 Disconnect the gas T1 (Red)
Sound
piping and the liquid insulation (2)
piping.
T2
3 To remove the terminal (White)
cover, press the

protruded section on
T3 (Blue) (S2761)
both right and left sides.
! R(Y)125~160LU
Stop valve
4 Disconnect the lead mounting plate W (Blue)
wires from the
terminals.
U
5 Remove the sound (Red)
insulation (1) and (2).
V
(White)
Sound insulation (1) (S2758) (S2762)
Compressor for R (Y) 71~100

6 Dismount the four (∗) ! One of compressor fixing
nuts fixing the nuts is outside of the
compressor. partition plate.
∗ Three nuts in the case Brazed joints
of R(Y)125~160LU (2 joints)
7 Disconnect two (*)

brazed joints. Compressor
fixing nuts
∗ In the case of
R (Y) 125-160LU;
(S2759)
Cut the suction and Compressor
fixing nuts Compressor for R (Y) 125~160
discharge pipe with (S2763)
pipe cutter before
disconnect the brazed Cutting position ! Caution
joints (See (Suction pipe) For R (Y) 125~160LU;
"!Caution" in this It may cause catching fire on
page.) oil to use torch flame for
disconnecting the brazed
Cutting position
8 Lift and take out the (Discharge pipe)
joint before cut the pipes
compressor. with pipe cutter.
(S2760)

R (Y) 71-160LU Si21-204

Si21-204
Part 10
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................298
1.1 Cooling Only-Pair .................................................................................298
1.2 Cooling Only-Twin and Triple ...............................................................300
1.3 Heat Pump-Pair....................................................................................303
1.4 Heat Pump-Twin...................................................................................305
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................307
2.1 Indoor Unit............................................................................................307
2.2 Outdoor Units .......................................................................................320
Appendix 297
Piping Diagrams Si21-204
1. Piping Diagrams
1.1 Cooling Only-Pair
R71LUV1 (S), Y1, VAL
298 Appendix
Si21-204 Piping Diagrams
R125LUY1 (S), TAL, YAL
R140LUY1, TAL, YAL
Appendix 299
1.2 Cooling Only-Twin and Triple

300 Appendix
R125LUY1 (S), TAL, YAL
R140LUY1, TAL, YAL
Appendix 301
R140LUY1, TAL, YAL
302 Appendix
1.3 Heat Pump-Pair

RY71LUV1, Y1
RY100LUV1, Y1
Appendix 303
RY125LUY1
RY140, 160LUY1, RY140LUTAL, YAL
304 Appendix
1.4 Heat Pump-Twin

RY71LUV1, Y1
RY100LUV1, Y1
Appendix 305
RY140LUY1, TAL, YAL
306 Appendix
Si21-204 Wiring Diagrams
2. Wiring Diagrams
2.1 Indoor Unit
FHYC35KVE / FHYC50KVE / FHYC60KVE / FHYC71KVE / FHYC100KVE / FHYC125KVE / FHYC140KVE
3D005668C
Appendix 307
Wiring Diagrams Si21-204
FHYK35FJV1 / FHYK45FJV1 / FHYK60FJV1 / FHYK71FJV1
DU423-5174A
308 Appendix
FHYB35FV1 / FHYB45FV1 / FHYB60FV1 / FHYB71FV1
DU423-5173B
Appendix 309
FHYB100FV1 / FHYB125FV1
DU428-5353B
310 Appendix
FUY71FJV1 / FUY100FJV1 / FUY125FJV1
3D013404B
Appendix 311
FHY35BVE / FHY50BVE / FHY60BVE / FHY71BVE / FHY100BVE / FHY125BVE
3D027502
312 Appendix
FAY71LVE
3D037717A
Appendix 313
FAY71FAVE / FAY100FAVE
DU427-5410E
314 Appendix
FVY71LAVE / FVY100LAVE / FVY125LAVE
Appendix 315
FDYB35K (A) VE / FBYB50K (A) VE / FBYB60K (A) VE / FBYB71K (A) VE
3D024173D
316 Appendix
FDYM03F (A)
Appendix 317
FDY06KAY1
3D024639E
318 Appendix
FDY71, 100, 125, 160 KFV1
Appendix 319
2.2 Outdoor Units

2.2.1 Cooling Only 50Hz
R71, 100LUV1
R71, 100LUY1
320 Appendix
R125, 140LUY1
Appendix 321
2.2.2 Cooling Only 60Hz

R71, 100LUVAL
R125, 140LUTAL
322 Appendix
R125KUTAL, R140KUTAL (K)
3D015463D
Appendix 323
2.2.3 Heat Pump 50Hz

RY71, 100LUV1
RY71, 100LUY1
324 Appendix
RY125, 140, 160LUY1
Appendix 325
2.2.4 Heat Pump 60Hz

RY140LUYAL
RY140LUTAL
326 Appendix
Si21-204
Index
Numerics E3 ........................................................................ 201
3-Minute Standby Function ..................................158 E4 ........................................................................ 203
4-way Valve Control .............................................150 E6 ........................................................................ 204
E9 ........................................................................ 206
A Electric Function Parts ........................................ 128
A1 .........................................................................188 Electronic Expansion Valve Control .................... 151
A3 .........................................................................189 Emergency Operation ................................. 113, 152
A6 .........................................................................191 Emergency Operation of Indoor Units ................. 113
A7 .........................................................................192 Emergency Operation of Outdoor Units .............. 113
Abnormal Heat Exchanging Temperature ............208 Existence of DIP Switch, Jumper and BS ........... 112
Abnormally High Discharge Pipe Temperature ....151
Actuation of Safety Device ...................................198 F
AF .........................................................................193 F3 ........................................................................ 207
Air Flow Direction Setting .......................................93 F6 ........................................................................ 208
Air Flow Volume Shift Control ..............................136 Failure of Capacity Setting .......................... 194, 214
AJ .........................................................................194 Failure of Drain System ....................................... 193
Auto-restart Function ............................138, 143, 149 Failure of Field Setting Switch ............................. 222
Failure of Indoor Unit PC Board .......................... 188
B Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board ....................... 200
BS button (Pump down / Forced defrosting) ........112 Fan and Flap Operations .................................... 139
Fan Speed Changeover
C When Thermostat is OFF ............................... 97
C4 .........................................................................195 Fan Speed OFF When Thermostat is OFF ........... 96
C9 .........................................................................196 Fan Start Control in Heating Operation ............... 154
Ceiling Type Setting Switch for Fault Diagnosis by Wireless
Air Flow Adjustment ........................................93 Remote Controller ........................................ 180
Centralized Group No. Setting ...............................98 FAY71FA
CJ .........................................................................197 Removal of Air Filter ..................................... 271
Cold Air Protection Function ................................148 Removal of Drain Pan ................................... 277
Compressor Overcurrent ......................................204 Removal of Electrical Parts Box ................... 273
Compressor Shutdown Operation ........................150 Removal of Fan Motor .................................. 276
Concerning Emergency Operation .......................114 Removal of Fan Rotor ................................... 280
Condensation Avoidance Control Removal of Heat Exchanger ......................... 279
(FHY-B Model Only) ......................................137 Removal of PC Board ................................... 274
Cool Air Distribution Prevention Function ............144 Removal of Slide Panel, Operation Display Cover,
Cooling Start Control ............................................152 and Front Grille ................................ 272
Correlation of Air-Conditioner’s Operation Status and Removal of Swing Louvre Unit ..................... 275
Pressure / Running Current ..........................162 FAY71LVE
Drain Hose Piping to the Left ........................ 270
D Removal of Air Filter and Front Panel ........... 263
Defrost Control .....................................................147 Removal of Air Swing Motor ......................... 269
Defrosting .............................................................156 Removal of Electrical Box ............................. 266
Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes ..................93 Removal of Fan Motor and Fan Rotor .......... 268
DIP Switch and BS Detail .....................................112 Removal of Front Grille ................................. 264
Discharge Pipe High Temperature Thermostat OFF Removal of Heat Exchanger ......................... 267
Control ..........................................................151 Removal of the horizontal blade and
Discharge Pipe Temperature Malfunction ............207 vertical blade .................................... 265
Draft Avoidance Control 1 ....................................136 FHY71B
Draft Avoidance Control 2 ....................................136 Removal of Air Filter and Suction Grille ........ 244
Drain Pump Control (FHYC-K, FHYK, FHYB, FUY Removal of Bottom Panel and Drain Pan ..... 251
Model Only) ...................................................140 Removal of Electrical Parts and
PC Boards ....................................... 245
E Removal of Fan Bearing ............................... 250
E0 .........................................................................198 Removal of Fan Rotor and Motor ................. 248
E1 .........................................................................200 Removal of Horizontal Blade ........................ 247
Index i
Si21-204
Removal of Swing Motor ...............................252 J

FHYC71K J2 ........................................................................ 211
Removal of Air Filter ......................................232 J3 ........................................................................ 212
Removal of Decoration Cover ........................233 J6 ........................................................................ 213
Removal of Decoration Panel ........................234
Removal of Drain Pan ...................................241 L
Removal of Drain Pump and Drain Hose .......242 Lack of Gas Malfunction ...................................... 152
Removal of Fan Motor ...........................230, 240 Local Setting Mode No. ......................................... 91
Removal of Horizontal Vane ..........................235 10(20) ............................................................. 91
Removal of Suction Grille ..............................231 11(21) ............................................................. 91
Removal of Swing Motor ...............................237 12(22) ............................................................. 91
Removal of Switch Box Cover ...............229, 239 13(23) ............................................................. 91
Field Piping and Wiring ..........................................74 Low Outside Temperature Control in Cooling
Field Setting Operation (Year-round Cooling) ................... 154
Wired Remote Controller .................................88 Low Pressure System (LPS) Malfunction ............ 203
Wireless Remote Controller .............................89
Filter Sign .....................................................145, 148 M
Filter Sign Setting ...................................................94 MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER SWITCH ................... 97
Forced Fan ON ....................................................115 Main/Sub Setting When
Freeze Prevention Control ...........................137, 144 Using 2 Remote Controllers ........................... 97
Freeze-up Protection Control ...............................147 MAIN/SUB Switch (SS1) ....................................... 94
Function Outline ...................................................118 Maintenance Inspections .................................... 161
Functions Maintenance Mode Setting
LU Series-Cooling Only ...................................12 40 .................................................................. 115
LU Series-Heat Pump ......................................16 41 .................................................................. 115
FUY71/100/125FJ 43 .................................................................. 115
Removal of Air Filter ......................................253 44 .................................................................. 115
Removal of Air Flow Control Blade ................262 45 .................................................................. 115
Removal of Drain Pan ...................................258 Malfunction Code
Removal of Drain Pump ................................260 A1 ................................................................. 182
Removal of Fan .............................................255 A3 ................................................................. 182
Removal of Fan Motor ...................................257 A6 ................................................................. 182
Removal of Suction Grille ..............................254 A7 ................................................................. 182
Removal of Swing Motor ...............................261 AF ................................................................. 182
FVY71L~125L AJ .................................................................. 182
Removal of Electric Parts and C4 ................................................................. 182
Remote Controller .............................283 C9 ................................................................. 182
Removal of Fan Rotor and Fan Motor ...........285 CJ ................................................................. 182
Removal of Heat Exchanger ..........................287 E0 ................................................................. 182
Removal of Suction Grille and Air Filter .........281 E1 ................................................................. 182
Removal of Swing Motor ...............................286 E3 ................................................................. 182
E4 ................................................................. 182
H E6 ................................................................. 182
H3 .........................................................................209 E9 ................................................................. 182
H9 .........................................................................210 F3 .................................................................. 182
Heating Overload Control .....................................148 F6 .................................................................. 182
Heating Overload Control H3 ................................................................. 182
(Flow Rate Shifting Control) ..........................145 H9 ................................................................. 182
High Pressure Protection Control in Cooling J2 .................................................................. 182
Operation ......................................................153 J3 .................................................................. 182
High Pressure Protection Control in Heating J6 .................................................................. 182
Operation ......................................................155 PJ .................................................................. 182
High Pressure System (HPS) Malfunction ...........201 U0 ................................................................. 182
How to Handle Request for Maintenance ............164 U1 ................................................................. 182
HPS/LPS Detection Function ...............................151 U4 ................................................................. 182
U5 ................................................................. 182
I U8 ................................................................. 182
Individual Setting ..................................................115 UA ................................................................. 182
Indoor Unit Fan Control ........................................144 UC ................................................................. 182
Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock ..................................191 UF ................................................................. 182
Initial Setting Contents ...........................................90 Malfunction Code and LED Display Table ........... 186
ii Index
Si21-204
Malfunction Hysteresis .........................................115 S

Malfunction of Current Sensor System ................211 Safety Cautions ...................................................... vii
Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Temperature Sensor Self-Diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller ........ 179
System ..........................................................212 Sensor Date Display ........................................... 115
Malfunction of Drain Water Level System Settings Concerning Maintenance ........................ 99
(Float Type) ...................................................189 Short of Gas Malfunction ..................................... 215
Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve ..........206 Simulated Operation Function ............................. 152
Malfunction of Heat Exchange Temperature Sensor Specifications
System ..........................................................195 Cooling Only-Pair (50Hz) ................................ 35
Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Temperature Sensor Cooling Only-Pair (60Hz) ................................ 42
System ..........................................................213 Cooling Only-Twin / Triple (50Hz) ................... 46
Malfunction of High Pressure Switch ...................209 Cooling Only-Twin / Triple (60Hz) ................... 50
Malfunction of Outdoor Temperature Heat Pump-Pair .............................................. 22
Sensor System ..............................................210 Heat Pump-Triple ............................................ 33
Malfunction of Remote Controller Heat Pump-Twin ............................................. 29
Air Thermistor ...............................................197 High Static Pressure Duct
Malfunction of Suction Air Temperature Sensor Connection Type ................................ 60
System ..........................................................196 Low Static Pressure Duct Connection Type ... 54
Malfunction of Transmission Middle Static Pressure
(Between Indoor and Outdoor Unit) ..............217 Duct Connection Type ....................... 55
Malfunction of Transmission (Between Indoor Unit Standard Conditions ............................................ 161
and Remote Controller) .................................220 Standby Power Saving Control ........................... 153
Method of Field Set ................................................87 Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock .................. 192
Multiple Settings A/b ..............................................95
T
O T2 Disconnection Thermostat OFF Control ......... 151
Operation Flowchart (RY71 - 160LU) Temperature Control in Cooling and Heating
Cooling / Program Dry Operation ..................124 Operation ..................................................... 146
Operation, Stop and Thermostat Control .............150 Temperature Setting with Remote Controller ...... 146
Optimal Operation Condition ................................161 The INSPECTION/TEST Button ......................... 178
Outdoor Unit Fan Control (Heating Overload Frosting Thermistor Temperature and Resistance Conversion
Prevention Control) .......................................155 Table ............................................................ 134
Outdoor Unit Fan Tap ..........................................153 Thermostat Control ..................................... 135, 143
Outdoor Unit Identification Function .............142, 143 Transmission Error Between Main Remote Controller
and Sub Remote Controller .......................... 221
P Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition 165
PJ .........................................................................214 After Equipment Shuts Down, It cannot be
Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by LED ....................183 Restarted for a While. ...................... 169
Procedure of Self-Diagnosis by Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but Stops
Remote Controller .........................................178 Immediately. .................................... 168
Program Dry .........................................................144 Equipment Discharges Dust. ........................ 176
Program Dry Operation Function .........................140 Equipment Discharges White Mist ................ 174
Equipment does not Operate ........................ 166
R Equipment Operates but does not Provide
R (Y) 71-160LU Cooling. ............................................ 171
Removal of 4-way Valve ................................292 Equipment Operates but does not Provide
Removal of Compressor ................................295 Heating. ........................................... 173
Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Low Equipment Produces
Pressure Sensor ...............................294 Loud Noise or Shakes ..................... 175
Removal of Outside Panels ...........................288 Fan Operates, but Compressor does not. .... 167
Removal of PCB Ass’y ..................................291 Remote Controller LCD Displays "88". ......... 177
Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor ......290 Troubleshooting by LED on The Indoor Unit’s .... 183
Removal of Switch Box ..................................289 Troubleshooting by LED on The Outdoor Unit’s PC
Removal of Thermistor ..................................293 Board ............................................................ 184
Refrigerant Saturation Curve ...............................163 Troubleshooting by Remote Controller Display / LED
Remote Controller ..................................................64 Display ......................................................... 185
Remote Controller Display Malfunction Code and
Contents ........................................................182 U
Resetting Abnormality ..........................................148 U0 ........................................................................ 215
Reverse Phase .....................................................216 U1 ........................................................................ 216
U4 ........................................................................ 217
Index iii
Si21-204
U5 .........................................................................220
U8 .........................................................................221
UA ........................................................................222
UF ........................................................................217
Ultra-Long-Life Filter Sign Setting ..........................96
Unit No. Change ...................................................115
Using Conditions for
Remote Controller Thermostat ..............138, 149
W
Wireless Address Switch (SS2) .............................94
Wireless Setting
(Address and MAIN/SUB Setting) ...................94
iv Index
Si21-204
Drawings & Flow Charts

Numerics Removal of Slide Panel, Operation Display Cover,
4-way Valve Control .............................................150 and Front Grille ................................ 272
Removal of Swing Louvre Unit ..................... 275
A FAY71LVE
Abnormal Heat Exchanging Temperature ............208 Drain Hose Piping to the Left ........................ 270
Actuation of Safety Device ...................................198 Removal of Air Filter and Front Panel ........... 263
After Setting ...........................................................96 Removal of Air Swing Motor ......................... 269
Removal of Electrical Box ............................. 266
C Removal of Fan Motor and Fan Rotor .......... 268
Centralized Group No. Setting by Removal of Front Grille ................................. 264
Remote Controller. ..........................................98 Removal of Heat Exchanger ......................... 267
Check for Clogged Points ....................................225 Removal of the horizontal blade and
Cold Air Protection Function ................................148 vertical blade .................................... 265
Compressor Overcurrent ......................................204 FHY71B
Compressor Shutdown Operation ........................150 Removal of Air Filter and Suction Grille ........ 244
Condensation Avoidance Control Removal of Bottom Panel and Drain Pan ..... 251
(FHY-B Model Only) ......................................137 Removal of Electrical Parts and
Cool Air Distribution Prevention Function ............144 PC Boards ....................................... 245
Cooling Start Control ............................................152 Removal of Fan Bearing ............................... 250
Removal of Fan Rotor and Motor ................. 248
D Removal of Horizontal Blade ........................ 247
Defrost Control .....................................................147 Removal of Swing Motor ............................... 252
Defrosting .............................................................156 FHYC71K
Control ...........................................................157 Removal of Air Filter ..................................... 232
defrost completion .........................................158 Removal of Decoration Cover ....................... 233
Temperature conditions .................................158 Removal of Decoration Panel ....................... 234
DIP Switch and BS Detail ....................................112 Removal of Drain Pan ................................... 241
Discharge Pipe Temperature Malfunction ............207 Removal of Drain Pump and Drain Hose ...... 242
Draft Avoidance Control 1 ....................................136 Removal of Fan Motor .......................... 230, 240
Draft Avoidance Control 2 ....................................136 Removal of Horizontal Vane ......................... 235
Drain Pump Control (FHYC-K, FHYK, FHYB, FUY Removal of Suction Grille ............................. 231
Model Only) ...................................................140 Removal of Swing Motor ............................... 237
Removal of Switch Box Cover .............. 229, 239
E Field Setting
Electronic Expansion Valve Initialize ....................151 Wired Remote Controller ................................ 88
Emergency Operation ..........................................152 Wireless Remote Controller ............................ 89
Freeze Prevention Control .......................... 137, 144
F Freeze-up Protection Control .............................. 147
Failure of Capacity Setting .......................... 194, 214 Function Details .................................................. 135
Failure of Drain System .......................................193 Thermostat Control ....................................... 135
Failure of Field Setting Switch .............................222 Function Outline
Failure of Indoor Unit PC Board ...........................188 FDY ............................................................... 122
Failure of Outdoor Unit PC Board ........................200 FDYB-KA ...................................................... 120
Fan Control ..........................................................154 FDYM ............................................................ 121
Fan Start Control in Heating Operation ................154 FHYC, FHY, FAY, FUY ................................. 118
Fault Diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller ...180 FHYK, FHYB, FHY~B, FVY~L A .................. 119
FAY71FA Outdoor unit .................................................. 123
Removal of Air Filter ......................................271 FUY71/100/125FJ
Removal of Drain Pan ...................................277 Removal of Air Filter ..................................... 253
Removal of Electrical Parts Box ....................273 Removal of Air Flow Control Blade ............... 262
Removal of Fan Motor ...................................276 Removal of Drain Pan ................................... 258
Removal of Fan Rotor ...................................280 Removal of Drain Pump ................................ 260
Removal of Heat Exchanger ..........................279 Removal of Fan ............................................ 255
Removal of PC Board ....................................274 Removal of Fan Motor .................................. 257
Removal of Suction Grille ............................. 254
Drawings & Flow Charts v

Si21-204
Removal of Swing Motor ...............................261 Method of switching in time of emergency .......... 113
FVY71L~125L Multiple Settings .................................................... 95
Removal of Electric Parts and
Remote Controller ............................283 O
Removal of Fan Rotor and Fan Motor ...........285 Operation Flowchart (RY71 - 160LU)
Removal of Heat Exchanger ..........................287 Cooling / Program Dry Operation ................. 124
Removal of Suction Grille and Air Filter .........281 Heating ......................................................... 126
Removal of Swing Motor ...............................286 Outdoor Unit Fan Control (Heating Overload Frosting
Prevention Control) ...................................... 155
G Outdoor Unit Switches / Setting Jumper ............. 111
Group No. Setting Example ...................................98 R(Y)71~160LU .............................................. 111
H P
Heating integral capacity ......................................156 Piping Diagrams
Heating Overload Control ....................................148 R100LUV1 (S), Y1, VAL ....................... 298, 300
Heating Overload Control R125LUY1 (S), TAL, YAL ..................... 299, 301
(Flow Rate Shifting Control) ..........................145 R140LUY1, TAL, YAL ................... 299, 301, 302
High Pressure Protection Control in Cooling R71LUV1 (S), Y1, VAL ......................... 298, 300
Operation ......................................................153 RY100LUV1, Y1 ................................... 303, 305
High Pressure Protection Control in Heating RY125LUY1 .................................................. 304
Operation ......................................................155 RY140, 160LUY1, RY140LUTAL, YAL ......... 304
High Pressure System (HPS) Malfunction ...........201 RY140LUY1, TAL, YAL ................................ 306
How to Handle Request for Maintenance ............164 RY71LUV1, Y1 ..................................... 303, 305
Program Dry Operation Function ........................ 140
I
Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock .................................191 R
R (Y) 71-160LU
L Removal of 4-way Valve ............................... 292
Low Pressure System (LPS) Malfunction .............203 Removal of Compressor ............................... 295
Removal of Electronic Expansion Valve and Low
M Pressure Sensor .............................. 294
MAIN/SUB CHANGEOVER SWITCH ....................97 Removal of Outside Panels .......................... 288
Main/Sub Setting When Using 2 Removal of PCB Ass’y .................................. 291
Remote Controllers .........................................97 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor ..... 290
MAIN/SUB Switch (SS1) ........................................94 Removal of Switch Box ................................. 289
Maintenance Inspections .....................................161 Removal of Thermistor ................................. 293
Maintenance Mode Setting ..................................115 Refrigerant Saturation Curve .............................. 163
Example of Remote Controller Display ..........115 Remote Controller ................................................. 64
Malfunction of Current Sensor System ................211 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1C61)
Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Temperature Sensor - Cooling Only .................................... 68
System ..........................................................212 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1C61)
Malfunction of Drain Water Level System - Heat Pump ....................................... 70
(Float Type) ...................................................189 Reverse Phase .................................................... 216
Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve ..........206
Malfunction of Heat Exchange Temperature Sensor S
System ..........................................................195 Self-Diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller ........ 179
Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Temperature Sensor Setting from the remote controller ......................... 94
System ..........................................................213 Setting The Address of Wireless
Malfunction of High Pressure Switch ...................209 Remote Controller .......................................... 94
Malfunction of Outdoor Temperature Settings Concerning Maintenance
Sensor System ..............................................210 FAY71FAVE FAY100FAVE .......................... 104
Malfunction of Remote Controller FAY71LVE .................................................... 103
Air Thermistor ...............................................197 FDY06KAY1 ................................................. 109
Malfunction of Suction Air Temperature Sensor FDY71~160KFV1 ......................................... 110
System ..........................................................196 FDYB35~ 71KAVE ....................................... 107
Malfunction of Transmission FDYM03~06FA ............................................. 108
(Between Indoor and Outdoor Unit) FHY35~125BVE ........................................... 100
Troubleshooting 1 ..........................................217 FHYB35~ FHYB125FV1 ............................... 101
Troubleshooting 2 ..........................................219 FHYC35~ FHYC160KVE ................................ 99
Malfunction of Transmission (Between Indoor Unit FHYK35~ FHYK71FJV1 ............................... 102
and Remote Controller) .................................220 FUY71~ FUY125FJV1 .................................. 106
vi Drawings & Flow Charts

Si21-204
FVY71~125LAVE ..........................................105 R125, 140LUY1 ............................................ 321

Short of Gas Malfunction .....................................215 R125KUTAL, R140KUTAL (K) ...................... 323
Standby Power Saving Control ............................153 R71, 100LUV1 .............................................. 320
Swing Flap Motor Malfunction / Lock ...................192 R71, 100LUY1 .............................................. 320
RY125, 140, 160LUY1 .................................. 325
T RY140LUTAL ................................................ 326
Temperature Control in Cooling and Heating RY140LUYAL ............................................... 326
Operation ......................................................146 RY71, 100LUV1 ............................................ 324
The INSPECTION/TEST Button ..........................178 RY71, 100LUY1 ............................................ 324
Thermostat Control ..................................... 143, 150
Transmission Error Between Main Remote Controller
and Sub Remote Controller ..........................221
Troubleshooting Based on Equipment Condition
After Equipment Shuts Down, It cannot be
Restarted for a While. .......................169
Cooling/Heating Operation Starts but Stops
Immediately. .....................................168
Equipment Discharges Dust. .........................176
Equipment Discharges White Mist .................174
Equipment does not Operate .........................166
Equipment Operates but does not Provide
Cooling. ............................................171
Equipment Produces
Loud Noise or Shakes ......................175
Fan Operates, but Compressor does not. .....167
Remote Controller LCD Displays "88". ..........177
U
Using Conditions for Remote Controller
Thermostat ........................................... 138, 149
W
Wireless Address Switch (SS2) .............................94
Wireless Remote Controller - Cooling only ............64
Wireless Remote Controller - Heat Pump ..............66
Wireless Setting (Address and
MAIN/SUB Setting) .........................................94
Setting The Receiver .......................................94
Wiring Diagrams
FAY71FAVE / FAY100FAVE .........................314
FAY71LVE .....................................................313
FDY06KAY1 ..................................................318
FDY71, 100, 125, 160 KFV1 .........................319
FDYB35K (A) VE / FBYB50K (A) VE / FBYB60K
(A) VE / FBYB71K (A) VE .................316
FDYM03F (A) ................................................317
FHY35BVE / FHY50BVE / FHY60BVE /
FHY71BVE / FHY100BVE /
FHY125BVE .....................................312
FHYB100FV1 / FHYB125FV1 .......................310
FHYB35FV1 / FHYB45FV1 / FHYB60FV1 /
FHYB71FV1 .....................................309
FHYC35KVE / FHYC50KVE / FHYC60KVE /
FHYC71KVE / FHYC100KVE /
FHYC125KVE / FHYC140KVE .........307
FHYK35FJV1 / FHYK45FJV1 / FHYK60FJV1 /
FHYK71FJV1 ....................................308
FUY71FJV1 / FUY100FJV1 / FUY125FJV1 ..311
FVY71LAVE / FVY100LAVE /
FVY125LAVE ...................................315
R125, 140LUTAL ...........................................322
Drawings & Flow Charts vii

Head office: Zandvoordestraat 300, B-8400 Oostende, Belgium
Umeda Center Bldg., 4-12, Nakazaki-Nishi 2-chome,
Kita-ku, Osaka, 530-8323 Japan
Tokyo office:
Shinjuku Sumitomo Bldg., 6-1 Nishi-Shinjuku
2-chome, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo, 163-0235 Japan
l For further improvement, specifications or designs are subject to change without prior notice.
Printed in Japan 03/2003 AK

Si21 - 204 LU

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Si21 - 204 LU

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Si21-204

SkyAir RY-LU Series

1. Introduction ........................................................................................... vii

SkyAir LU Series — Cooling Only — ...................... 1

SkyAir LU Series — Heat Pump — ......................... 2

Part 1 Model Name and Power Supply ......................................... 3

Part 2 Functions .......................................................................... 11

Part 3 Specifications .................................................................. 21

Part 4 Remote Controller ............................................................ 63

Part 5 Field Piping and Wiring .................................................... 73

Part 6 Field Setting ..................................................................... 85

Part 7 Function and Operation ................................................. 117

Part 8 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 159

Table of Contents iii

6.26 “U0” Short of Gas Malfunction..............................................................215

Part 9 Removal Procedure ........................................................ 227

5.1 Removal of Air Filter.............................................................................271

Part 10 Appendix......................................................................... 297

Drawings & Flow Charts ................................................................ v

1.1.1 Caution in Repair

When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

1.1.4 Using Icons

1.1.5 Using Icons List

Warning A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.

Reference A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or

Model name and Power Supply 3

1. Model Name and Power Supply

4 Model name and Power Supply

1.1.2 60Hz – Cooling Only

Model name and Power Supply 5

1.1.3 50Hz – Heat Pump

1.1.4 60Hz – Heat Pump

6 Model name and Power Supply

1.1.5 Australia Models

Model name and Power Supply 7

1.2 Twin and Triple System

1.2.2 60Hz – Cooling Only

8 Model name and Power Supply

1.2.3 50Hz – Heat Pump

1.2.4 60Hz – Heat Pump

Model name and Power Supply 9

FHYC-K FHYK-FJ FHYB-F

FAY-FA FDYB-KA FVY-L

FAY-L FDY-KA FDYM-FA

RY71LU RY100LU RY125LU RY140LU

10 Model name and Power Supply

Type Middle Static Pressure Duct Connection Type

1.2 LU Series-Heat Pump

Items Improved Points and Functions Ceiling New Ceiling Ceiling

Items Improved Points and Functions Wall Mounted Floor

Type Low Static Pressure Type Duct Connection type

Type Middle Static Pressure Duct Connection Type

High Static Pressure Duct

Fan Operation Mode " Fan only operation

FHYK (Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type)

FHYB (Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type)

FUY (New Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type)

Field pipes can be installed in four directions.

If a torque wrench is not available, use Table as a guide.